You are here

CPS Question and answers

Examination:
Que.No Question/Problem marks Link
Q )

Question:

State one application of each : v-belt drive, flat belt drive, chain drive and gear drive.

Answer:

 Application of Belts: 1. V- Belt drive – In I.C. Engine power transmission from crankshaft pulley to water pump pulley. 2. Flat Belt drive – Floor mill 3. Chain drive – motor cycle 4. Gear drive – In automotive gear boxes

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

State the norms of Bharat stage III and IV.

Answer:

In year 2010 – Bharat Stage III Emission Norms for 2-wheelers, 3-wheelers and 4-wheelers for entire country whereas Bharat Stage – IV (Equivalent to Euro IV) for 13 major cities for only 4- wheelers. Bharat Stage IV also has norms were implemented for 4-wheelers for 13 major cities for only 4-wheelers. Currently, BS-IV petrol and diesel are being supplied in whole of Northern India covering Jammu and Kashmir, Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Delhi and parts of Rajasthan and western UP. The rest of the country has BS-III grade fuel.

 

4

view
Q 4a)(iii)

Question:

State the effect of keyway on the strength of the shaft.

Answer:

The keyway is a slot machined either on the shaft or in hub to accommodate the key. It is cut by vertical or horizontal milling cutter. A little consideration will show that the keyway cut into the shaft reduces the load carrying capacity of the shaft. This is due to the stress concentration near the corners of the keyway and reduction in the crosssectional area of the shaft. It other words, the torsional strength of the shaft is reduced. The following relation for the weakening effect of the keyway is based on the experimental results by H.F. Moore.

4

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

Draw psychrometric chart with all the property lines and represent following psychrometric
processes : i) Sensible heating ii) Sensible cooling with dehumidification iii) Humidification iv) Dehumidification.

Answer:

Psychometric chart representing various psychometric processes: i) Sensible Heating

 

 

ii) Sensible Cooling with dehumidification

8

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

Define : i) Free air delivered ii) Compressor capacity iii) Swept volume iv) Pressure ratio, w.r.to compressor.

Answer:

Define i) Free air delivered (FAD) – It is volume of air delivered under the condition of temperature and pressure existing at compressor intake, i.e. volume of air delivered at surrounding air temperature & pressure. In absence of any given free air conditions these are generally taken as 1.101325 bar and 150 c. ii) Compressor capacity – It is quantity of free air actually delivered by compressor in m3 /min. iii) Swept volume – It is the volume of air taken during sanction stroke. It is expressed in m3 . iv) Pressure ratio – It is defined as delivery pressure to suction pressure.

4

view
Examination: 2017 SUMMER
Que.No Question/Problem marks Link
Q 1 a )

Question:

Define inversion with example.

Answer:

When one of the links is fixed in a kinematic chain, it is called a mechanism. So we can obtain as many mechanisms as the number of links in a kinematic chain by fixing, in turn, different links in a kinematic chain. This method of obtaining different mechanisms by fixing different links in a kinematic chain is known as inversion of the mechanism.

2

view
Q 1a)(a)

Question:

What is function of (i) oil reservoir (ii) pressure relief valve, (iii) direction control valve, (iv) filters ?

Answer:

What is function of (i) Oil Reservoir – To store the Hydraulic oil for the circuit (ii) Pressure Relief Valve- To release the extra pressure whenever not required by system (iii) Direction Control Valve- To give the direction to the actuator (iv) Filters- To filter the foreign particle from the oil and to separates sub-micron level contamination

4

view
Q 1a)(a)

Question:

Enlist uses of compressed air (any four).

Answer:

Following are the applications of compressed air 1) To drive air motors in coal mines. 2) To inject fuel in air injection diesel engines. 3) To operate pneumatic drills, hammers, hoists, sand blasters. 4) For cleaning purposes. 5) To cool large buildings. 6) In the processing of food and farm maintenance. 7) In vehicle to operate air brake. 8) For spray painting in paint industry.

4

view
Q 1a)(b)

Question:

Draw and explain working of pressure reducing valve.

Answer:

Draw and explain working of pressure reducing valve. The main function of pressure reducing valve is to reduce the pressure in particular branch of the circuit to different level as demanded by consumer in that branch. Construction: It consists of spool and spring housed in the bore of valve body. Spring compression can be adjusted by pressure setting screw. Port P is pressure port connected to pump. Port A is consumer port requiring reduced pressure.

 

Working: As shown in normal position, port P is supplying oil to consumer port A. If the main supply is below the set pressure, there will be continuous flow from P to A. Hence normally this valve is open. When outlet pressure rises to valve setting then oil will flow through ‘passage x’ and will act on

spool and spool will shift to right thereby partly closing the port A. Now only enough flow will pass through port ‘A’ so that consumer connected to A will receive reduced pressure.

4

view
Q 1a)(b)

Question:

What are the advantages of multistaging ?

Answer:

1. The air can be cooled in between two cylinders 2. The power required is less 3. Mechanical balance is good 4. Reduced leakage losses 5. More volumetric efficiency 6. High pressure range 7. Comparatively lighter in construction

4

view
Q 1a)(c)

Question:

Explain piston pump with neat sketch.

Answer:

It’s an inclined plate in axial piston pump on which all pistons are connected through piston rod. This swash plate is usually inclined. Use – It is helps to reciprocate the piston of axial piston pump while the cylinder block is rotating Working: Motor drives the shaft, which in turn rotates the entire cylinder block. The pistons are connected to inclined swash plate through piston rod. Now since swash plate is inclined and block is rotating, the piston reciprocates inside the barrel. The reciprocating motion of piston causes suction and delivery of fluid through inlet and outlet ports which come in front of outlet of piston. If we change the angle of swash plate i.e. θ if a) θ = 0 then no flow of oil, because pistons are at same level. When θ = 0 swash plate is vertical. No reciprocation of piston, hence no flow. b) θ = max or + ve, then x will be stroke length which is maximum and there will be maximum forward flow. c) θ = - ve, then ‘x’ i.e. stroke length will be maximum in reverse direction and hence there will be reverse flow. By changing the swash plate angle we can vary the stroke length of the piston. and also output flow can be changed.

4

view
Q 1a)(c)

Question:

Classify gas turbines (any four)

Answer:

4

view
Q 1a)(d)

Question:

What is an accumulator ? Why accumulator is necessary for huge hydraulic pressers ?

Answer:

makes available to the system whenever required. Necessity of accumulator for every huge hydraulic press: Oil requirement of the system is not continuous but intermittent. A hydraulic press needs the oil only during the lifting operation. While, during the lowering of load, holding the load or during idle period, it doesn’t not require any supply of oil. During such period, the hydraulic pump has to stop or delivered oil must be drained back to the sump. But frequent starting and stopping of pump is not desirable as it reduces the pump life. Also, draining the pressurized oil is wastage of power which reduces the system efficiency. The remedy to above problem is to use accumulator in the system.

4

view
Q 1a)(d)

Question:

Define :
i) Tonnage of refrigeration ii) Coefficient of performance.

Answer:

i) Tonnage of Refrigeration – is defined as the amount of refrigeration effect produced by uniform melting of one ton (1000Kg) of ice from and at 00 in 24 hours. .

ii) Coefficient of performance- is the ratio of heat extracted in refrigerator to work done on the refrigerant

4

view
Q 1a)(ii)

Question:

What is a cotter joint? State any four applications of a cotter joint? Why taper is provided on cotter joint?

Answer:

COTTER JOINT

Cotter Joint: " A cotter joint is temporary joint and used to connect two coaxial rods or bars which are subjected to axial tensile and or compressive forces."

It consist of

1) spigot : It is the male part of the joint , it has a rectangular slot for passing the cotter through it. Spigot  has a collar which rests against the socket end.

2) socket :It is the female part of the joint, it also has a rectangular slot for passing the cotter through it. It has a circular hole in which spigot fits.

3) cotter : is a wedge shaped piece of metal which actually connects two parts which are non rotating.

cotter joint

Cotter Joint Applications:

1) Lewis foundation bolt

2) connection of the piston rod to cross head of a reciprocating steam engine.

3) valve rod & its stem 4) piston rod to the trail end in an air pump.

5) Cycle pedal sprocket wheel.

Cotter joint taper why and how much?

Cotter is a flat wedge shaped metal piece which is used to connect two rods which transmit the force but without rotation. The force may be axial and of tensile or compressive nature. Cotter is fitted in the tapered slot and remains in its position because of  wedge action. This happens because of taper.

Because of taper,

i) It is simple to remove the cotter and  dismantle the joint parts.

ii) Taper ensures tightness of the joint in operation and it  prevents slackening of the parts.

Generally the value  of taper on cotter is 1 in 48 to 1 in 24.

1 in 48 means that there will be reduction of 1 mm in size after the length of 48 mm, and 1 in 24 means there will be reduction in size of cotter by 1 mm after 24 mm.

 

Link to other chapters in machine design

http://mechdiploma.com/elements-machine-design-syllabus22564

8

view
Q 1a)(iii)

Question:

A hollow shaft for a rotary compressor is to be designed to transmit maximum torque of 4750 N-m. The shear stress in the shaft is limited to 50 MPa. Determine the inside outside diameter of the shaft if the ratio of inside to outside diameter of the shaft is 0.4.

Answer:

Design of Hollow shaft: Given Data: T =4750 N-m = 4750 X 103 N-mm , Ʈ = 50 N/mm2 , K=Di/Do =0.4 The hollow shaft is designed on the basis of strength from the derived torsion equation. 4750 X 103 N-mm ---- Thus Do= 79.18 mm 80 mm ( Say ) Di = 0.4 x Do = 0.4 x 80 = 32 mm

8

view
Q 1 b )

Question:

List the inversions for double slider crank mechanism.​

Answer:

Inversions of Double Slider Crank Chain :

1. Elliptical trammels.

2. Scotch yoke mechanism.

3. Oldham’s coupling.

2

view
Q 1b)(a)

Question:

Write the causes and remedies for the following : (i) Excess heat in oil (ii) Noisy pump (iii) Low pressure in system.

Answer:

6

view
Q 1b)(a)

Question:

Give classification of IC engines (any six).

Answer:

6

view
Q 1b)(b)

Question:

What is pressure compensated flow control valve ? Explain with sketch.

Answer:

In any hydraulic circuit there are slight variations in presence of oil. When pressure changes the rate of flow changes but many circuits requires constant flow regardless of input or output pressure variations in the circuit then the pressure compensated FCV is used. It consists of hollow cylinder shaped poppet at the bottom of which there is a fixed orifice. There is a spring inside a poppet as shown in fig. Pressurized oil entering through the inlet port will apply full force on the bottom of the poppet and will try to compress the spring by shifting the poppet to right the poppet will move to right and will close the outlet port. Then movement of the poppet toward right will stop. Now flow of oil through the orifice will start. Oil will occupy the bore of cylinder this flow of oil will equalize the pressure on both ends of the poppet. The poppet will then balance. During the process of poppet balancing, spring will expand and poppet will move toward left thereby uncovering the outlet port. A balance will automatically be established between quantity of oil through orifice and quantity of oil going out through the outlet port even if the pressure of incoming oil changes, the rebalancing will established automatically and constant flow of oil will come out

 

 

 

6

view
Q 1b)(b)

Question:

Explain Morse test conducted to find the frictional power of a multi-cylinder petrol engine

Answer:

Morse Test

Morse test is a method to measure the frictional power of a multicylinder SI engine.

Morse Test – This test carried out on multi cylinder I.C. engine. In this test, first engine is allowed to run at constant speed and brake power of engine is measured when all cylinders are working and developing indicated power. (Considering Four cylinders)

I1+I2+I3+I4 = (BP)engine +(F1+F2+F3+F4)

Where I1, I2, I3 and I4 – Indicated power of four cylinders

(BP)engine – Brake power of engine when all cylinders are working

F1, F2, F3, F4Frictional power of all four cylinders

Then the first cylinder is cut off by short circuiting spark plug in case S.I. engine (or cutting fuel supply in case C.I. engine). This causes the speed to drop due to non firing of first cylinder. It should be noted that although first cylinder is not producting power still it is moving up and down so its frictional power must be considered. This speed is once again maintained to its original value by reducing load on the engine

6

view
Q 1b)(i)

Question:

 i) What are the factors to be considered for selection of materials for design of machine elements?

Answer:

Factors to be considered for selection of material for design of machine elements a) Availability: Material should be available easily in the market. b) Cost: the material should be available at cheaper rate. c) Manufacturing Consideration: the manufacturing play a vital role in selection of material and the material should suitable for required manufacturing process. d) Physical properties: like colour, density etc. f) Mechanical properties: such as strength, ductility, Malleability etc. g) Corrosion resistance: it should be corrosion resistant.

6

view
Q 1b)(ii)

Question:

Design a bushed pin type flexible coupling for connecting a motor shaft to a pump shaft for the following service conditions. Power to be transmitted = 40 KW. Speed of the motor shaft = 1000 RPM. Diameter of the motor shaft = 50 mm Diameter of the pump shaft = 45 mm The bearing pressure in the rubber bush and allowable stress in the pins are to be limited to 0.45 N/mm2 and 25 MPa respectively

Answer:

 

 

6

view
Q 1 c )

Question:

Define sliding pair with example.

Answer:

Sliding pair :

When the two elements of a pair are connected in such a way that one can only slide relative to the other, the pair is known as a sliding pair. The piston and cylinder, cross-head and guides of a reciprocating steam engine, ram and its guides in shaper, tail stock on the lathe bed etc. are the examples of a sliding pair. A little consideration will show that a sliding pair has a completely constrained motion.

2

view
Q 1 d )

Question:

Define centripetal and tangential acceleration.

Answer:

Centripetal acceleration:

The centripetal acceleration is the rate of change of tangential velocity. When an object is moving with uniform acceleration in circular direction, it is said to be experiencing the centripetal acceleration.

Tangential acceleration:

Tangential acceleration is a measure of how the tangential velocity of a point at a certain radius changes with time. Tangential acceleration is just like linear acceleration, but it’s particular to the tangential direction, which is relevant to circular motion.

2

view
Q 1 e )

Question:

Find the velocity of point B and midpoint C of link AB shown in Figure (1).                                           

                                       

Answer:

Velocity of point B & C :

Vb = AB x wAB = 0.35 x 50 = 17.5 m/s

Vc = AC x wAB = 0.175 x 50 = 8.75 m/s

2

view
Q 1 f )

Question:

Classify the cam.

Answer:

Classification of cam:

1. Radial or disc cam: In radial cams, the follower reciprocates or oscillates in a direction perpendicular to the cam axis. The cams as shown in above Fig. are all radial cams.

2. Cylindrical cam: In cylindrical cams, the follower reciprocates or oscillates in a direction parallel to the cam axis. The follower rides in a groove at its cylindrical surface. A cylindrical grooved cam with a reciprocating and an oscillating follower is shown in Fig. below (a) and (b) respectively.

2

view
Q 1 g )

Question:

Define following terms with respect to cam and follower :

(i) Prime circle

(ii) Pitch circle

(iii) Pressure angle

(iv) Trace point

 

Answer:

i. Prime circle: It is the smallest circle that can be drawn from the centre of the cam and tangent to the pitch curve. For a knife edge and a flat face follower, the prime circle and the base circle are identical. For a roller follower, the prime circle is larger than the base circle by the radius of the roller.

ii. Pitch circle: It is a circle drawn from the centre of the cam through the pitch points.

iii. Pressure angle: It is the angle between the direction of the follower motion and a normal to the pitch curve. This angle is very important in designing a cam profile. If the pressure angle is too large, a reciprocating follower will jam in its bearings.

iv. Trace point: It is a reference point on the follower and is used to generate the pitch curve. In case of knife edge follower, the knife edge represents the trace point and the pitch curve corresponds to the cam profile. In a roller follower, the centre of the roller represents the trace point.

2

view
Q 1 h )

Question:

What are the limitations of knife edge follower ?

Answer:

Limitations of knife edge follower are:

1. Excessive wear due to small area of contact between cam & follower surfaces.

2. In this follower a considerable thrust exists between the follower and guide.

2

view
Q 1 i )

Question:

Define self-energizing and self-locking brake. 

Answer:

Self energizing & Self Locking brake

Rn x X = PL + μaRn

Rn = Normal reaction, P = Applied force, L = lever length

X = Distance of block from hinge, μ= coefficient of friction, a = distance of drum from hinge

In the above equation when frictional force adds to the breaking torque. In other words, the frictional torque and braking torque are in the same direction its a self locking brake.

In the above equation when X < μa, P becomes negative

Hence, P is not required for braking and brake gets applied on its own. It is called as self energizing brake.

2

view
Q 1 i )

Question:

Write down the formula of length of belt for open belt drive and cross belt drive.

Answer:

2

view
Q 1 i )

Question:

List the methods to reduce the slip in belt and pulley.

Answer:

Methods to reduce the slip in belt and pulley:

1. Vertical belt drive should be avoided.

2. In horizontal belt drive the upper side should be kept as loose side.

2

view
Q 1 k )

Question:

Define law of gearing.

Answer:

Law of Gearing: The law of gearing states that the angular velocity ratio of all gears of a meshed gear system must remain constant also the common normal at the point of contact must pass through the pitch point.

2

view
Q 1 l )

Question:

What is factor of safety? State its importance in design of machine elements.

Answer:

8

view
Q 1 m )

Question:

What are the limitations of shoe brake ?

Answer:

Limitations of a shoe brake :

1. Heavy side thrust causes bending of the shaft.

2. More wear & tear as the contact surface is large.

2

view
Q 1 n )

Question:

Define uniform wear theory and uniform pressure theory.

Answer:

Uniform Wear theory:

When the product of pressure and area of the contacting surface transmitting load is taken as constant to determine the axial force & torque, it is termed as uniform wear theory as it is assumed that wear along the surface is uniform.

2

view
Q 1 o )

Question:

State effects of imbalance in machine.

Answer:

Effects of imbalance in machine

1. Imbalance imparts vibratory motion to the frame of the machine.

2. Produces noise which leads to human discomfort.

3. Detrimental effects on the machine performance & structural integrity of the machine foundation.

2

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Compare meter-in-circuit with meter-out-circuit, draw neat sketch of meter-in-circuit.

Answer:

8

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Design a knuckle joint to transmit 150 KN. The design stresses may be taken as 75 MPa in tension, 60 MPa in shear and 150 MPa in compression.

Answer:

Design of knuckle joint: Step 1) Diameter of Rod: d : =? Consider tensile failure of Rod 1. P =σt x A , 150 x 103 = 75 x π/4 xd2 , d = 50.4 mm 52 mm ( say)

Using Imperial relations Diameter of Knuckle pin Outside

 

 

 

 

8

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

In an Ideal ottocycle the air at the beginning of isentropic compression is at 1.01325 bar and
20°C. The compression ratio is 8. If the heat added during constant volume process is
250 kJ/kg. Determine :
a) Maximum temperature in the cycle b) Air standard efficiency
c) Work done per cycle
d) Heat rejected

Answer:

8

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Draw a neat sketch and explain working of beam engine.

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

Explain vapour compression refrigeration cycle on T-S and p-h charts (for superheated vapourat the end of compression)
 

Answer:

Vapour Compression Refrigeration Cycle

The P-H and T-S diagram for the simple vapor compression refrigeration cycle is shown in the figure for vapour entering the compressor is in dry saturation condition The dry and saturated vapour entering the compressor at point 1 that vapour compresses isentropic ally from point 1 to 2 which increases the pressure from evaporator pressure to condenser pressure At point 2 the saturated vapour enters the condenser where heat is rejected at constant pressure, due to rejection of heat decreases the temperature and change of phase takes place i.e. latent heat is removed and reaches to liquid saturation temperature at point 3 then this liquid refrigerant passed through expansion valve where liquid refrigerant is throttle keeping the enthalpy constant and reducing the pressure.

8

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

Explain with neat sketch how to find the velocity of a slider in slider crank mechanism by Klein’s construction.

Answer:

2

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

The following data refers to a trial conducted on 4-stroke petrol engine
Air-fuel ratio (by mass)
= 15.5 : 1
Heat value of fuel
= 48000 kJ/kg
Mechanical efficiency
= 82%
Air standard efficiency
= 54%
Relative efficiency
= 70%
Volumetric efficiency
= 80%
Speed = 240 rpm
Brake power = 75 kW
Calculate :
i) Compression ratio
ii) Indicated thermal efficiency
iii) Brake specific fuel consumption.

Answer:

8

view
Q 2b)(ii)

Question:

Draw neat sketch of a protected type flanged coupling showing all details.

Answer:

distance to some degree. c) For effective conjugate action i.e for maintaining a constant velocity ration, in case of involute gearing system, the center distance can be changed without affecting angular velocity ratio. d)In involute gearing as the path of contact is a straight line and the pressure angle is constant .

Sketch of Protected type flanged coupling with details :

 

8

view
Q 2b)(l)

Question:

(i) State and explain two most important reasons for adopting involute curves for a gear tooth profile

Answer:

 

 

For power transmission gears, the tooth form most commonly used the involute profile as a)Involute gears can be manufactured easily: Since the rack in an involute system has straight sides and since the generating cutters usually have rack profile, these cutters can be easily manufactured. Involute gears can be produced more accurately and at a lesser cost. b) The gearing has a feature that enables smooth meshing despite the misalignment of center

8

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

Differentiate between reciprocating air compressor and rotary air compressor.........

Answer:

8

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

What is function of filters ? Classify the filters and draw any two types of filters

Answer:

What is function of filters? Classify the filters and draw any two types of filters. Function of filter: To remove foreign particles from the oil and remove submicron particles dissolved in the oil. Classification of filters: 1- Full flow filter 2- Proportional flow filter Full flow filter: Incurs a large pressure drop. A relief valve is needed which cracks when the filter becomes blocked. Proportional flow filter: Localised low pressure area is formed at the venturi. The fluid is drawn from the filter due to the pressure difference. low pressure drop

 

8

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

Draw and explain in short, types of followers used in cam and follower.

Answer:

Types of followers :

The followers may be classified as discussed below:

1. According to the surface in contact.

(a)Knife edge follower. When the contacting end of the follower has a sharp knife edge, it is called a knife edge follower.

(b) Roller follower. When the contacting end of the follower is a roller, it is called a roller follower.

(c) Flat faced or mushroom follower. When the contacting end of the follower is a perfectly flat face, it is called a flat faced follower and when the flat faced follower is circular, it is then called a mushroom follower.

2.According to the motion of the follower.

(a) Reciprocating or translating follower. When the follower reciprocates in guides as the cam rotates uniformly, it is known as reciprocating or translating follower.

(b) Oscillating or rotating follower. When the uniform rotary motion of the cam is converted into predetermined oscillatory motion of the follower, it is called oscillating or rotating follower.

3. According to the path of motion of the follower.

(a) Radial follower. When the motion of the follower is along an axis passing through the centre of the cam, it is known as radial follower

(b) Off-set follower. When the motion of the follower is along an axis away from the axis of the cam centre, it is called off-set follower.

4

view
Q 2c)(i)

Question:

Why are bushes of softer material inserted in the eyes of levers?

Answer:

the forces acting on the boss of lever & the pin are equal & opposite .There is a relative motion between the pin & the lever and bearing pressure becomes design criteria. The projected area of the pin is d1 x l1therefore Reaction R= P (d1 x l1 ). A softer material like phosphorous bronze bush with 3 mm thick is fitted in eyes to reduce the friction. & bear a bearing pressure upto5 to 10 N/mm2. Bushes are cheaper and can be easily replaceable.

8

view
Q 2c)(ii)

Question:

Explain the following types of stresses 
a) Transverse shear stress
b) Compressive stress
c) Torsional shear stress

Answer:

 

Explanation of stresses :

a) Transverse shear stress: When a section is subjected to two equal & opposite forces acting tangentially across the section such that it tends to shear off across the section. The stress is produced is called as transverse stress For Single shearing, Shear stress Ʈ = W/A For Double shearing, Shear stress Ʈ = W/2A

b)Compressive stress: When a body is subjected to equal & opposite axial push forces, the stress produced is called as compressive stress. It is denoted by “ σc”

 

8

view
Q 2 d )

Question:

Explain condition for maximum power transmission.

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 e )

Question:

Explain the compound gear train with neat sketch and write down the velocity ratio’s equation.

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 f )

Question:

A multiplate clutch has three pairs of contact surfaces. The outer and inner radii of the contact surfaces are 100 mm and 50 mm respectively. The maximum axial spring force is limited to 1.25 kN. If the co-efficient of friction is 0.35 and assuming uniform wear, find the power transmitted by the clutch at 1600 rpm.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 )

Question:

Represent Brayton cycle on PV and TS diagram. Name the processes completing the cycle

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

Differentiate between mechanism and machine.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

Explain 4-way-3 position direction control valve used in hydraulic system.

Answer:

4-way-3 position direction control valve used in hydraulic system is known as 4X3 DC Valve. The valve has four ports and three positions. Following figure shows the Normal and working positions of DCV. Spool of this valve is having three positions. The spool is so selected because we have to obtain third position also called as ‘Closed Centre Position’ This position is shown in figure. We have shifted the spool in such a manner that all ports are closed to each other. Mo flow from port P to port A or B and no flow from port A and B to R. When DC valve attains this position, pressured oil returns to reservoir via pressure relief valve. The closed center position of DC valve is suitable for immediate closing of movement of actuator.

Position- I

Position- II

Closed center position

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

A petrol engine has a cylinder of diameter 60 mm and stroke 100 mm. If the mass of charge
admitted per cycle is 2×10 – 4 kg. Find volumetric efficiency of the engine.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

Explain the working of Whitworth quick return mechanism.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

Explain gear pump with neat sketch.

Answer:

It consists of one external and one internal meshing gear pair. External gear is connected to electric motor and hence is driving gear. Internal gear or ring gear is driven gear which rotates in same direction as that of external gear. Between two gear a spacer called ‘crescent’ is located which is a stationary pieces connected to housing. Inlet and outlet ports are located in end plates. External gear (driving gear) drives the internal gear (Ring Gear). Portion where teeth start meshing, a tight seal is created near port the vacuum is created due to quick un meshing and oil enters from oil tank through inlet port. Oil is trapped between the internal and external gear teeth on both sides of crescent (spacer) and is then carried from inlet to outlet port. Meshing of gear near outlet port reduces the volume or gap and oil gets pressurized. These pumps make very less noise.

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

Design a foot brake lever from the following data: Length of lever from C.G. of the spindle to the point of application of the load = 1 meter. Max. load on the foot plate = 800 N Overhang from the nearest bearing = 100 mm Permissible tensile and shear stress = 70 MPa.

Answer:

Methods of reducing stress concentration in cylindrical members with holes . Stress concentration can be reduced in cylindrical members with holes by providing additional holes in vicinity of holes as shown in fig. (ii). Fig (i) Showing cylindrical member with hole at center having stress line in disturb manner at vicinity of hole and component will fail at hole so for fig (i) ,stress concentration is more . fig. (ii) members shoulder having additional hole in vicinity of hole and therefore stress line maintain spacing between them so here stress concentration is less. Design of foot lever : Given data: L=1 m =1000 mm , P=800 N , σt =70 N/mm2 , Ʈ =70 N/mm2 , Assume B=3t Step 1) Considering shaft is under pure torsion , therefore

 

 

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

In slider crank mechanism, the length of crank OB and connecting rod AB are 130 mm and 500 mm respectively. The centre of gravity G of the connecting rod is 275 mm from slider A. The crank speed is 750 rpm in clockwise. When crank has turned 45 from inner dead centre position determine (i) velocity of slider ‘A’ (ii) velocity of centre of gravity of connecting rod ‘G’.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

Explain with neat sketch two way catalytic converter.

Answer:

C) Catalytic Convertor: -. A catalytic converter is cylindrical unit about the size of small silencer and is installed into exhaust system of vehicle. It converts the harmful gases from the engine into harmless gases and escapes them into atmosphere. Inside converter there is honeycomb structure of ceramic or metal which is coated with alumina base material and therefore a second coating of precious metal platinum, palladium or rhodium or combination of same. As a result of catalytic reaction, the exhaust gases pass over the converter substance, the toxic gases such CO, HC and NOx are converted into harmless CO2, H2 and N2. Two way catalytic converter: Through catalytic action a chemical changes converts carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrocarbon (HC) into carbon dioxide (CO2) and water (oxidation)..

 

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

Explain any four criteria for selection of hydraulic pump in hydraulic system.

Answer:

1) Pressure: It is the basic selection criteria. Pump pressurizes the hydraulic oil to the level required by actuator. When pressures up to 150 bars are required then gear pumps can be selected. For pressure of 150 to 250 vane pump is suitable and for above 500 bar pressure piston pumps are useful. 2) Flow of pressurized oil: Volumetric output of pump is measures in LPM. The flow of oil decides the speed of actuator. The displacement can also be changed for variable displacement pumps. 3) Speed of pump: The speed of pump is decided by rated capacity of the manufacturer. If wrong speed is selected for pump then efficiency and working of hydraulic system may get hamper.

4) Efficiency of the pump:The selected pump must have good efficiency. We can consider following efficiencies: 1) Volumetric 2) Mechanical 3) Overall 5) Oil compatibility: The oils used in pump should be compatible with the material of the pump. If wrong oil gets selected then pump will not work to its rated performance

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Find the width of the belt, necessary to transmit 7.5 kW to a pulley 300 mm diameter, if the pulley makes 1600 rpm and the co-efficient of friction between the belt and pulley is 0.3. Assume the angle of contact as 180o and the maximum tension in the belt is not to exceed 8 N/mm width.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Compare welded joints with screwed joints. (Any six points)

Answer:

Consideration in design of key: 1) Power to be transmitted. 2) Tightness of fit 3) Stability of connection 4) Cost 5) Crushing failure of key: 6) shearing failure of key 7) Material of key ,shaft should be same but key should be weaker than shaft .

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Differentiate between closed cycle and open cycle gas turbine

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Name any four components of pneumatic system. What are the factors considered while selecting them ?

Answer:

1) Compressor: a)Pressure Requirement b) Volume of Air c) Compressor configuration 2) Actuators: a) According to maximum pressure b) According to application – Linear/Rotary c) shape and size of actuator 3) Air Receiver: a) Storage capacity b) Material of the tank 4) FRL unit: a) According to working environment b) According to pressure required at hand tools 5) DCV: a) According to maximum pressure of system. b) According to actuator configuration c) According to application- One hand /Two hand d) According to actuation method suitable for application

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

Explain the working of Watt governor with neat diagram.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

A shaft 30 mm. diameter is transmitting power at a maximum shear stress of 80 MPa. If a pulley is connected to the shaft by means of a key, find the dimension of the key so that stress in the key is not to exceed 50 MPa and length of the key is 4 times the width.

Answer:

Comparison of welded joints with screwed joint. 1) Welded Joint is rigid & permanent. Screwed joint is temporary. 2) Cost of welded assembly is lower than that of screwed joints. 3) Strength of welded structure is more than screwed joints. 4) For welding joints, highly skilled worker are required 5) Welded joints are tight & leak proof as compared to Screwed joints. 6) Welded joint is very difficult to inspect compared to other joints.

 

 

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

Explain the effect of superheating and subcooling on the performance of vapour compression cycle

Answer:

Effect of superheating: As shown in the figure a & b the effect of superheating is to increase the refrigerating effect, but this increase in the refrigerating effect is at the cost of increase in amount of work spent to attain upper pressure limit. Since the increase in work is more as compared to increase in refrigerating effect, therefore overall effect of superheating is to give a low value of C.O.P.

ii) Effect of sub-cooling: sub-cooling is the process of cooling the liquid refrigerant below the condensing temperature for a given pressure. In figure the process of sub-cooling is shown by 2’-3’. As is evident from the figure the effect of sub-cooling is to increase the refrigerating effect. Thus sub-cooling results in increase of C.O.P provided that no further energy has to be spent to obtain the extra cold coolant required.

 

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

Draw labelled sketch of air lubricator.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 f )

Question:

Explain the working of centrifugal clutch with neat sketch.

Answer:

Centrifugal Clutch

Centrifugal clutch is a clutch that uses centrifugal force to connect two concentric shafts, with the driving shaft nested inside the driven shaft.

Centrifugal clutch

• A centrifugal clutch is a clutch that uses centrifugal force to connect two concentric shafts, with the driving shaft nested inside the driven shaft.

• It consists of number of shoe on the inside of a rim of pulley. The outer surface of pulley is covered with friction material.

• These shoes move radially in guides.

• As the speed of the shaft increase, the centrifugal force on the shoes increases.

• When the centrifugal force is less than the spring force, the shoes remain in the same position as when the driving shaft was stationary, but when the centrifugal force is equal  to the spring force, the shoes are just floating.

• When the centrifugal force exceeds the spring force, the shoes move outward and come into contact with the driven member presses against it.

• The force with which the shoe presses against the driven member is the difference of the centrifugal force and the spring force.

• The increase of speed causes the shoe to press harder and enable more torque to be transmitted.


Alternate diagram and description

It consists of a number of shoes on the outside of a rim of the pulley. The outer surface of the shoes are covered with friction material. These shoes can move radially in guides and are held together against the boss or spider on the driving shaft, by means of a spring. The springs exert a radially inward force on shoe. Under rotation, the shoe experiences a centrifugal force acting outward. This centrifugal force is directly related (Proportional to) speed of rotation. At a particular speed, the centrifugal force overcomes the force of the spring and the shoe moves outwards and comes in contact with the driven member and presses against it. The net force due to the effect of centrifugal force and spring force causes power to be transmitted.

Centrifugal clutch


Videos explaining Centrifugal clutch working

 

If you watch carefully animation. As the speed increases the shoes move out. Causing the contact with the external wheel and thus transmitting motion.

Centrifugal clutch


Advantages and Limitations of Centrifugal-clutch

Advantages:

4

view
Q 4 a )

Question:

Explain the working of freewheel mechanism of bicycle with sketch.

Answer:

A freewheel mechanism on a bicycle allows the rear wheel to turn faster than the pedals. If there is no freewheel on a bicycle, a simple ride could be exhausting, because one could never stop pumping the pedals. And going downhill would be downright dangerous, because the pedals would turn on their own, faster than one could keep up with them.

Power Train of a bicycle: The power train of a simple bicycle consists of a pair of pedals, two sprockets and a chain. The pedals are affixed to one sprocket — the front sprocket, which is mounted to the bike below the seat. The second sprocket is connected to the hub of the rear wheel. The chain connects the two sprockets. When you turn the pedals, the front sprocket turns. The chain transfers that rotation to the rear sprocket, which turns the rear wheel, and the bicycle moves forward. The faster you turn the pedals, the faster the rear wheel goes, and the faster the bike goes.

Coasting: At some point — when going downhill, for instance — speed is high enough so that the rear wheel is turning faster than the pedals. That's when coasting: we stop working the pedals and let the bike's momentum keep moving forward. It's the freewheel that makes this possible. On a bicycle, instead of being affixed to the wheel, the rear sprocket is mounted on a freewheel mechanism, which is either built into the hub of the wheel — a "freehub" — or attached to the hub, making it a true freewheel.

Now when you have to move forward, the pawl acts like a hook and gets locked with the teeth - called ratchet and transmits the torque. The complete mechanism is called ratchet and pawl mechanism.

But when you reverse pedal, it falls back and becomes "free". A spring prevents it from falling permanently. This is the reason why you hear the distinct "click-click" sound when you reverse pedal. Also, there are multiple "pawls" placed along the circumference too.

 

 

4

view
Q 4a)(a)

Question:

a) Define :
i) Stroke
ii) Bore
iii) Piston speed
iv) MEP (Mean Effective Pressure).

Answer:

a) i) Stroke – Distance travelled by piston from one dead Centre to other dead Centre (Say TDC to BDC). ii) Bore:- The nominal Inner diameter of engine cylinder is called cylinder bore. iii) Piston Speed- Distance traveled by piston in one minute.(= 2LN m/min.) iv) The Mean Effective Pressure (MEP) :-It is a fictitious pressure that, if it operated on the piston during the entire power stroke, would produce the same amount of net work as that produced during the actual cycle. OR The average pressure acting on the piston which will produce the same output as is done by the varying pressure during the cycle

6

view
Q 4a)(a)

Question:

What are actuators ? Draw a double acting cylinder.

Answer:

Actuator - Actuators are those components of hydraulic / pneumatic system, which produces mechanical work output. They develop force and displacement, which is required to perform any specific task. An actuator is used to convert the energy of the fluid back into mechanical power.

 

4

view
Q 4a)(b)

Question:

Explain with sketch working of screw compressor.

Answer:

A rotary-screw compressor is a type of gas compressor that uses a rotary-type positivedisplacement mechanism. They are commonly used to replace piston compressors where large volumes of high-pressure air are needed, either for large industrial applications or to operate highpower air tools. Rotary-screw compressors use two meshing helical screws, known as rotors, to compress the gas. In a dry-running rotary-screw compressor, timing gears ensure that the male and female rotors maintain precise alignment. In an oil-flooded rotary-screw compressor, lubricating oil bridges the space between the rotors, both providing a hydraulic seal and transferring mechanical energy between the driving and driven rotor. Gas enters at the suction side and moves through the threadsas the screws rotate. The meshing rotors force the gas through the compressor, and the gas exits at the end of the screws.

 

4

view
Q 4a)(b)

Question:

Explain pressure relief valve in pneumatic system.

Answer:

The pressure relief valves are used to protect the system components from excessive pressure. Its primary function is to limit the system pressure within a specified range. It is normally a closed type and it opens when the pressure exceeds a specified maximum value by diverting pump flow back to the tank. The simplest type valve contains a poppet held in a seat against the spring force as shown in Figure. This type of valves has two ports; one of which is connected to the pump and another is connected to the tank. The fluid enters from the opposite side of the poppet. When the system pressure exceeds the preset value, the poppet lifts and the fluid is escaped through the orifice to the storage tank directly. It reduces the system pressure and as the pressure reduces to the set limit again the valve closes.

( Pressure switch in Pneumatic or Pressure relief valve in hydraulic system can be considered)

4

view
Q 4a)(c)

Question:

Explain with sketch, a pneumatic circuit for speed control of bidirectional motor.

Answer:

Varying the rate of flow of oil will vary the speed of the actuator. Speed control is possible using meter in circuit, meter out circuit, bleed off circuit or by placing flow control before the DCV. Speed control of bi-directional air motor: Bi-directional air motor rotates in clockwise as well as anti-clockwise direction. The speed of bi-directional motor is controlled as shown in fig. The speed control of motor by using variable two flow control valves having built-in check valve and 4x3 DC valve having zero position or central hold position with Pilot S1 and S2. ( Lever / Push button / Solenoid may be used ) When Pilot S2 is operated, port P will be connected to port A of air motor and motor will start rotating in clockwise direction. Its speed can be controlled by using variable flow control valve F1. Port B of motor will be connected to exhaust R and air in motor will be exhausted through port R via DC valve. When Pilot S1 is operated, pressure port P will be connected to port B of motor and naturally motor will start rotating in anticlockwise direction. Port A will be connected to port R and air in the motor will be exhausted through port R via DC valve.

4

view
Q 4a)(c)

Question:

Classify gas turbines on the following basis :  i) Working cycle ii) Application iii) Cycle of operation iv) Fuels

Answer:

4

view
Q 4a)(d)

Question:

State any two applications of 3 × 2 DC valve. Draw symbol for the same.

Answer:

To start, stop and change the direction of motion of a Single acting cylinder. (Clamping of Job)

4

view
Q 4a)(d)

Question:

Name the refrigerants used for : i) Water cooler ii) Domestic refrigerator iii) Ice plant iv) Cold storage.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4a)(i)

Question:

a) Attempt any THREE of the following: 12 (i) Give the composition of : 1) 35Mn 2 Mo28 2) 30Ni 4 Crl and 3) 25 Cr 3 Mo 55

Answer:

Composition in percentage 1) Carbon-0.3-0.4 %, manganese 0.5 % and molybdenum 2.8 % 2) Carbon-0.26-0.34, ,Nickel 1 % and Chromium 0.25 % 3) Carbon-0.2-0.3,chromium 0.75 % and molybdenum 5.5 %

4

view
Q 4a)(ii)

Question:

Define following terms with respect to springs : 1) Free length 2) Solid height 3) Spring rate 4) Spring index

Answer:

Definition of 1) Free length-it is a length of spring in unloaded condition 2) Solid height-it is a length of spring in fully loaded condition 3) Spring rate-load per unit deflection 4) Spring index- ratio of mean diameter of coil to diameter of wire

4

view
Q 4a)(iii)

Question:

Explain effect of keyways on strength of shaft. Name one type of key which does not affect strength of shaft

Answer:

Effect of keyways – when the keyways are cut on the shafts, material is removed at the skin, there by weakening the cross section of the shaft. Stress concentration effect is also serious at the corner of the keyways. Thus the shaft become weak. Type of key- Hollow saddle key or Tangent key

4

view
Q 4a)(iv)

Question:

Define following terms w.r.t. bolts: 1) Major diameter 2) Minor diameter 3) Pitch 4) Lead

Answer:

Definition w.r.t. bolts 1) Major dia.- dia. Of imaginary cylinder parallel with the crest of the thread ,it is the distance from crest to crest largest dia. of an external or internal thread 2) Minor dia.-dia. Of imaginary cylinder which just touches the roots of an external thread or smallest dia.of an external or internal screw thread 3) Pitch-distance from a point on one thread to the corresponding point on the next thread. 4) lead- distance between two corresponding points on the same helix

4

view
Q 4 b )

Question:

In a four bar mechanism ABCD link AD is fixed and the crank AB rotates at 10 radians per second in clockwise, lengths of the links are AB = 60 mm, BC = CD = 70 mm, DA = 120 mm, when angle DAB = 60 and both B and C lie on the same side of AB, find angular velocities of BC and CD link.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4b)(a)

Question:

Explain with neat sketch the working of variable displacement vane pump.

Answer:

) Explain with neat sketch working of variable displacement vane pump. In a hydraulic system the flow rate of the pump needs to be variable this can be easily achieved by varying the rpm of the electric motor. Other method is displacement of a vane inside the pump and therefore its delivery is proportional to the eccentricity between the rotor axis and cam ring. Changing the geometric position of the ring relative to the rotor center will change the delivery volume as per system need. Main components of the vane pumps are: 1. Hardened cam ring 2. Rotor 3. Vanes 4. Screw for position adjustment 5. Thrust bearing 6. Stop

 

Working : The rotor containing the vanes is positioned eccentric or off-center with regard to cam ring by means of the adjusting screw hence when the rotor is rotated, in increasing and decreasing volume can be created inside the cylinder bore. If the screw is adjusted slightly so that the eccentricity of the rotor to the cam ring is not sufficient the flow will be less where as with higher eccentricity the delivery volume will be increased with the screw adjustment back completely out the cam ring naturally centers with a rotor and no pumping will be the eccentricity will be zero.

6

view
Q 4b)(b)

Question:

Compare pressure relief valve and pressure reducing valve.

Answer:

6

view
Q 4b)(i)

Question:

(i) Explain different causes of gear tooth failure and suggest possible remedies to avoid such failures

Answer:

Causes-1) Bending failure-every gear tooth acts as a cantilever. If the total repetitive dynamic load acting on the gear tooth is greater than the beam strength of the gear tooth then the gear tooth will fail in bending remedies-module and face width of the gear is adjusted so that the beam strength is greater than the dynamic load 2)Pitting-surface fatigue failure which occurs due to many repetition of Hertz contact stresses , failure occurs when the surface contact stresses are higher than the endurance limit of the material. It starts with the formation of pits which continue to grow resulting in the rupture of the tooth surface. Remedies- dynamic gear tooth load the of gear tooth between the gear tooth should be less than the wear strength 3)Scoring-the excessive heat is generated when there is a excessive surface pressure,

high speed or supply of lubricant fails. it is stick-slip phenomenon in which alternate shearing and welding takes place rapidly at high spots. Remedies- by proper designing of the parameters such as speed, pressure and proper flow of lubricant, so that the temperature at the rubbing faces is within the permissible limits. 4)Abrasive wear- the foreign particles of lubricants such as dirt, dust or burr enter between the tooth and damage the form of tooth Remedies- by providing filters for the lubricating oil or using high viscosity lubricant oil which unable the formation of thicker oil film and hence permits easy passage of such particles with ought damage of gear tooth surface. 5)Corrosive wear- due to presence of corrosive elements such as additives present in the lubricating oils. Remedies- proper anti corrosive additives should be used.

6

view
Q 4b)(ii)

Question:

Explain the importance of Aesthetic considerations in design by giving any two examples.

Answer:

Each product is to be design to perform a specific function or a set of functions to the satisfaction of customers. In a present days of buyer’s market, with a number of products available in the market are having most of the parameters identical,the appearance of the product is often a major factor in attracting the customer. For any product, there exists a relationship between the functional requirement and the appearance of a product. The aesthetic quality contributes to the performance of the product, through the extent of contribution varies from product to product. The job of industrial designer is to create new shapes and forms for the product which are aesthetically appealing. For ex.(1) The chromium plating of automobile components improves the corrosion resistance along with the appearance.(2) the aerodynamic shape of the car improves the performance as well as gives the pleasing appearance

6

view
Q 4b)(ii)

Question:

Explain the working of two stage reciprocating compressor. Show work saved on PV diagram.

Answer:

6

view
Q 4b)(l)

Question:

 Explain how the heat balance sheet for an IC engine is prepared ?

Answer:

i) Heat Balance Sheet :-The complete record of heat supplied and heat rejected during a certain time(Say one minute)by an IC engine is entered in a tabulated form called as heat balance sheet. i) Heat supplied by the fuel= Mf x C  where Mf= mass of fuel supplied in Kg/min C = Lower calorific value of fuel kj/kg  

6

view
Q 4 c )

Question:

What are the advantages of ‘V’ belt drive over flat belt drive ?

Answer:

Advantages of V-belt drive over flat belt drive :

1. The V-belt drive gives compactness due to the small distance between the centres of pulleys.

2. The drive is positive, because the slip between the belt and the pulley groove is negligible.

3. Since the V-belts are made endless and there is no joint trouble, therefore the drive is smooth.

4. It provides longer life, 3 to 5 years.

5. It can be easily installed and removed.

6. The operation of the belt and pulley is quiet.

7. The belts have the ability to cushion the shock when machines are started.

8. The high velocity ratio (maximum 10) may be obtained.

9. The wedging action of the belt in the groove gives high value of limiting ratio of tensions. Therefore the power transmitted by V-belts is more than flat belts for the same coefficient of friction, arc of contact and allowable tension in the belts.

10. The V-belt may be operated in either direction with tight side of the belt at the top or bottom. The centre line may be horizontal, vertical or inclined.

4

view
Q 4 d )

Question:

Explain the working of flywheel with the help of turning moment diagram.

Answer:

Working of Flywheel with the help of Turning moment diagram:

A flywheel used in machines serves as a reservoir, which stores energy during the period when the supply of energy is more than the requirement, and releases it during the period when the requirement of energy is more than the supply.

The fluctuation of energy may be determined by the turning moment diagram for one complete cycle of operation. Consider the turning moment diagram for a single cylinder double acting steam engine as shown in Fig. We see that the mean resisting torque line AF cuts the turning moment diagram at points B, C, D and E. When the crank moves from a to p, the work done by the engine is equal to the area aBp, whereas the energy required is represented by the area aABp. In other words, the engine has done less work (equal to the area a AB) than the requirement. This amount of energy is taken from the flywheel and hence the speed of the flywheel decreases. Now the crank moves from p to q, the work done by the engine is equal to the area pBbCq, whereas the requirement of energy is represented by the area pBCq. Therefore, the engine has done more work than the requirement. This excess work (equal to the area BbC) is stored in the flywheel and hence the speed of the flywheel increases while the crank moves from p to q.

Similarly, when the crank moves from q to r, more work is taken from the engine than is developed. This loss of work is represented by the area C c D. To supply this loss, the flywheel gives up some of its energy and thus the speed decreases while the crank moves from q to r. As the crank moves from r to s, excess energy is again developed given by the area D d E and the speed again increases. As the piston moves from s to e, again there is a loss of work and the speed decreases. The variations of energy above and below the mean resisting torque line are called fluctuations of energy. The areas BbC, CcD, DdE, etc. represent fluctuations of energy.

4

view
Q 4 e )

Question:

Explain the working of internal expanding brake with neat sketch.

Answer:

Internal Expanding shoe brake:

An internal expanding brake consists of two shoes S1 and S2. The outer surface of the shoes are lined with some friction material (usually with Ferodo) to increase the coefficient of friction and to prevent wearing away of the metal. Each shoe is pivoted at one end about a fixed fulcrum O1and O2 and made to contact a cam at the other end. When the cam rotates, the shoes are pushed outwards against the rim of the drum. The friction between the shoes and the drum produces the braking torque and hence reduces the speed of the drum. The shoes are normally held in off position by a spring . The drum encloses the entire mechanism to keep out dust and moisture. This type of brake is commonly used in motor cars and light trucks.

4

view
Q 4 f )

Question:

A shaft has number of collars integral with it. The external diameter of the collars is 400 mm and the shaft diameter is 250 mm. If the uniform intensity of pressure is 0.35 N/mm2 and its co-efficient of friction is 0.05; find (i) power absorbed in overcoming friction when shaft rotates at 105 rpm and carries a load of 150 kN, and (ii) number of collars required.

Answer:

4

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

A cam with 40 mm minimum diameter rotates in clockwise at uniform speed and has to give the following motion to a roller follower 15 mm diameter :

(i) Follower to complete outward stroke of 40 mm during 120o of cam rotation with uniform velocity.

(ii) Follower to dwell for 60o of cam rotation.

(iii) Follower will return to its initial position during 120 of cam rotation with uniform acceleration and retardation.

(iv) Follower will dwell for remaining 60o of cam rotation.

Draw the profile of cam, if the axis of follower passes through the axis of cam. 

Answer:

8

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

List the factors to be considered for selecting the pipe while designing the pneumatic system. Give specification of pipes for the pneumatic system.

Answer:

List the Factors to be considered for selecting the pipe while designing pneumatic system. Give specification of pipes for the pneumatic system. Factors to be considered while selecting the pipe for pneumatic system 1. Pressure of compressed air in the line. 2. Total flow rate per unit time through the line. 3. Permissible pressure drop in the line. 4. Type of tube material and type of line fittings. 5. Length and diameter of tube or other pipelines. 6. Working environment. Pipe Size Specifications: Generally pipe size is specified in three ways 1. Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) : This number indicates the base diameter of pipe in inches. e.g. : ½ inch, ¾ inch, 1 inch, 1 ½ inch etc. 2. Schedule Number (SCH): This number is based on wall thickness, greater the SCH, greater will be the wall thickness of pipe. A schedule number indicates the approximate value of SCH = 1000 * P / S where P – service pressure & S – Allowable stress SCH Number 40, 80 and 160 are widely used. 3. Pipes are also classified as Standard (STD), Extra strong (XS) size, Double Extra strong (XXS) size based on strength

 

8

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

Explain the working of four stroke petrol engine with neat sketch.

OR

Explain with diagram how the Four stroke petrol engine works.

Answer:

Four Stroke petrol engine

FOUR STROKE PETROL ENGINE  refers to its use in petrol engines, gas engines, light, oil engine and heavy oil engines in which the mixture of air fuel are drawn in the engine cylinder. Since ignition in these engines is due to a spark, therefore they are also called spark ignition engines. In four stroke cycle engine, cycle is completed in two revolutions of crank shaft or four strokes of the piston. Each stroke consists of 1800 of crankshaft rotation. Therefore, the cycle consists of 7200 of crankshaft rotation.

Cycle consists of following four strokes

1) Suction Stroke

2) Compression Stroke

3) Expansion or Power Stroke

4) Exhaust Stroke

SUCTION STROKE: In this Stroke the inlet valve opens and proportionate fuel-air mixture is sucked in the engine cylinder. Thus the piston moves from top dead centre (T.D.C.) to bottom dead centre (B.D.C.). The exhaust valve remains closed through out the stroke.

COMPRESSION STROKE: In this stroke both the inlet and exhaust valves remain closed during the stroke. The piston moves towards (T.D.C.) and compresses then closed fuel-air mixture drawn. Just before the end of this stroke the operating. plug initiates a spark which ignites the mixture and combustion takes place at constant pressure.

Four stroke petrol engine

 

4 stroke petrol engine animation

 

 

POWER STROKE OR EXPANSION STROKE: In this stroke both the valves remain closed during the start of this stroke but when the piston just reaches the B.D.C .the exhaust valve opens. When the mixture is ignited by the spark plug the hot gases are produced which drive or throw the piston from T.D.C. to B.D.C. and thus the work is obtained in this stroke.

EXHAUST STROKE: This is the last stroke of the cycle. Here the gases from which the work has been collected become useless after the completion of the expansion stroke and are made to escape through exhaust valve to the atmosphere. This removal of gas is accomplished during this stroke. The piston moves from B.D.C. to T.D.C. and the exhaust gases are driven out of the engine cylinder; this is also called scavenging

A multi cylinder Four stroke petrol engine looks like this.

//2chcopipe.com/archives/51832534.html ) | Mecanica automotriz,  Ingenieria mecanica automotriz, Ingeniero

Links to other pages of power engineering

8

view
Q 5a)(i)

Question:

(i) Show that the efficiency of a self locking screw is less than 50%

Answer:

(i) efficiency of screw η = tan α / tan(α +φ) And for self locking screws, φ ≥α or α≤ φ Efficiency ≤ tan(φ) /tan(φ +φ) ≤ tan φ/tan 2 φ ≤tan φ/ (2 tan φ/(1-tan2 φ)) ≤tan φ X (1-tan2 φ)/ (2 tan φ) ≤ ½-tan2 φ/2 From this expression efficiency of self locking screw is less than 50%

8

view
Q 5a)(ii)

Question:

What is self locking property of threads and where it is necessary?

Answer:

self locking property of the threads-if φ > α the torque required to lower the load will  be positive, indicating that an effort is applied to lower the load. if friction angle is greater than the helix angle or coefficient of friction is greater than the tangent of helix angle applications- for very large use of screw in threaded fastener, screws in screw top container lids, vices, C-clamps and screw jacks

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

State the methods used to improve thermal efficiency of gas turbine and explain any one.

Answer:

Methods to improve thermal efficiency of gas turbine Regeneration – This is done by preheating the compressed air before entering to the combustion chamber with the turbine exhaust in a heat exchanger, thus saving fuel consumption..

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

In the toggle mechanism as shown in Fig. (2), D is constrained to move on a horizontal path. The dimensions of various links are AB = 200 mm, BC = 300 mm, OC = 150 mm and BD = 450 mm. The crank OC is rotating in a counter clockwise direction at a speed of 180 rpm. Find, for given configuration (1) velocity and (2) acceleration of ‘D’.

Answer:

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

Draw and explain pneumatic meter in circuit to control of speed extension.

Answer:

.Draw and Explain pneumatic meter in circuit to control of speed extension. In meter in pneumatic circuit flow control valve with check valve is fitted between DCV and actuator. For speed control of actuator during extension stroke, FCV with check valve is fitted on piston side of the actuator as shown in figure. With a meter-in circuit, fluid enters into the actuator at a controlled rate. Pneumatic circuit diagram for meter-in flow-control circuit is as shown in figure. In this circuits, the rate of flow of compressed air into the cylinder is controlled by flow control

 

valve. FCV is placed at inlet of the cylinder. Cap end port “C” is inlet for extension and rod end port “R” is inlet for retraction. Working: In first position of 4/2 DCV, compressed air flows from P to A and B to T. this flow is through flow control valve, the flow is controlled and hence piston extends slowly. In second position 4/2 DCV, compressed air flows P to B and A to T. this flow is through check valve. This is free flow. Hence the piston retracts at higher speed, Which is not controlled.

8

view
Q 5b)(i)

Question:

(i) The extension springs are in considerably less use than compression springs. Why?

Answer:

(i) it is easier to overextend the extension spring. Compression springs will bottom out before the overextend. Also it seems like the tensile strength will be weaker at the attachment point for the extension spring, making it generally larger and more cumbersome to correct the deficiency

8

view
Q 5b)(ii)

Question:

Explain the terms self locking and overhauling of screw.

Answer:

self locking property - torque required to lower the load, T= Wtan(φ - α)xd/2 self locking property of the threads-if φ > α the torque required to lower the the load will be positive, indicating that an effort is applied to lower the load. if friction angle is greater than the helix angle or coefficient of friction is greater than the tangent of helix angle(2marks) Over hauling of screwsin the above expression, if φ< α,then the torque required to lower the load will be negative. The load will start moving downward without the application of any torque, such a condition is known as over hauling of screws.

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

A leather belt is required to transmit 7.5 kW from a pulley 1.2 m in diameter running at 250 rpm. The angle of contact is 165o and the co-efficient of friction between the belt and the pulley is 0.35. If the safe working stress for the leather belt is 2 MPa, density of leather is 1050 kg/m3 and the thickness of belt is 10 mm, determine the width of belt, taking centrifugal tension into account.

Answer:

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

Explain with neat sketch (position based) working of sequencing circuit for two double acting Air cylinders.

Answer:

Explain with neat sketch (position based ) working of sequencing circuit for two double acting Air cylinders. Pneumatic double acting cylinders can be operated sequentially using a sequence valve or by using position based method. In pneumatics, use of sequence valve is not popular. Position based sequencing is possible using roller operated DCV or solenoid operated DCV. Various components required for Position based sequencing using roller operated DCV are as follows. I. Double acting cylinder - 02 Nos. II. 3/2 roller operated DCV – 02 Nos. III. 4/2 or 5/2 DCV – 01 No. IV. FRL Unit, Compressed air supply, hose pipes etc. Components are connected as shown in figure.

 

Working: In the first position of lever of 4/2 DCV (5/2 DCV can be used), the DAC extends. By the end of extension of first DAC, the cam presses roller of valve LV1 hence compressed air flows to second DAC, and second DAC extends. When the lever of 4/2 DCV is shifted to second position, DAC retracts. By the end of retraction of first DAC, the cam presses roller valve LV2, hence compresses air flows to second DAC and second DAC retracts.

8

view
Q 5c)(i)

Question:

Define following terms as applied to rolling contact bearings: 1) Basic static load rating 2) Basic dynamic load rating 3) Limiting speed

Answer:

(i) definition of (1) Basic static load rating-static radial load or axial load which corresponds to a total permanent deformation of the ball and race,at the most heavily stressed contact,equal to 0.001times the ball diameter. (2) basic dynamic load rating- the constant stationary radial load or a constant axial load which a group of of apparently bearings with stationary outer ring can endure for a rating life of one million revolutions with only 10% failure. (3)Limiting speed- it is the empirically obtained value for the maximum speed at bearings can be continuously operated without failing from seizure or generation of excessive heat.

8

view
Q 5c)(ii)

Question:

List important physical characteristics of good bearing material.

Answer:

Physical characteristics of good bearing material- compressive strength, fatigue strength, embeddability, bondability, corrosion resistant, thermal conductivity, thermal expansion, conformability

8

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

The following results were obtained during Morse test on 4 stroke petrol engine
Brake power developed when all cylinders are working = 16.2 kw
Brake power developed with cylinder no. 1 cut off = 11.5 kw
Brake power developed with cylinder no. 02 cutoff = 11.6 kw
Brake power developed with cylinder no. 03 cutoff = 11.68 kw
Brake power developed with cylinder no. 04 cutoff = 11.5 kw
Calculate mechanical efficiency of the engine.

Answer:

Brake Power Engine (BP)engine = 16.2 kW Brake Power developed when 1st Cylinder cut-off ( BP )2,3,4 = 11.5 kW Brake Power developed when 2nd Cylinder cut-off ( BP )1,3,4 = 11.6 kW Brake Power developed when 3 rdCylinder cut-off ( BP )1,2,4 = 11.68 kW Brake Power developed when 4 thCylinder cut-off ( BP )1,2,3 = 11.5 kW Indicated Power of 1st cylinder IP1 = (BP)engine - ( BP )2,3,4 = 16.2 – 11.5 = 4.7 kW IP2 = (BP)engine - ( BP )1,3,4 = 16.2 – 11.6 = 4.6 kW IP3 = (BP)engine - ( BP )1,3,4 = 16.2 – 11.68 = 4.52 kW IP4 = (BP)engine - ( BP )1,2,3 = 16.2 – 11.5 = 4.7 kW Indicated Power of Engine IP = IP1 + IP2 + IP3 + IP4 = 4.7 + 4.6 + 4.52 + 4.7 = 18.52 kW Mechanical Efficiency of the Engine ηm = ( BP / IP ) x 100 = ( 16.2 / 18.52 ) x 100 = 87.47 %

4

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

Draw a neat sketch of Oldham’s coupling and explain the working of it.

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

Draw speed control of single acting cylinder pneumatic circuit using 3 × 2 DC valve

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

Draw profiles to square and Acme threads with full details. Which one is stronger?

Answer:

hread is stronger-

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

A helical valve spring is to be designed for an operating load range of approximately 135 N. The deflection of the spring for the load range is 7.5 mm. Assume spring index of 10. Permissible shear stress for the material of the spring = 480 MPa and its modulus of rigidity = 80 KN/mm2. Design the spring. Take Wahle’s factor 4 4 4 1 . , C C C 0 615 = - - + ‘C’ being the spring index

Answer:

given load W= 135N Deflection ᵟ =7.5mm Spring index c=10 Permissible shear stress Ʈ=480 MPa Modulus of rigidity G =80 KN/mm2 Wahl’s factor K =4C-1/4C-4 +0.615/C=4X10-1/4X10-4 +0.615/10=1.14 (1)Mean dia. Of the spring coil (1 mark) Maximum shear stress, Ʈ = Kx 8WC/π d 2 480 = 1.14x 8x135x10/3.142xd2 d = 2.857mm from table we shall take a standard wire of size SWG 3 having diameters (d) =2.946mm mean dia. Of the spring coil D= CXd =10x2.946=29.46 mm outer dia. Of the spring coil Do =D+d=29.46+2.946=32.406mm (2) number of turns of the spring coil (n) (1 mark) Deflection ᵟ= 8WC3 n/Gd 7.5 =8x135X103x n/ 80000xd n =1.64 say 2 For square and ground end n’ =n+2=2+2=4 (3) free length of spring (1 mark) =Lf =n’d+ ᵟ + 0.15 x ᵟ=4x2.496+7.5+0.15xx7.5=18.609mm (4) pitch of the coil (1 mark) p= free length/n’-1=18.609/4-1=6.203mm

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

What is the necessity of purification of air ? How to remove oil, moisture and dust from air?

Answer:

The air sucked by the compressor is not clean. It contains various types of solid, liquid and gaseous contaminants such as dust, dirt, moisture etc. The presence of contaminants may have high damaging effects such as corrosion, wear and tear on the finely finished mating surfaces of pneumatic components. Air lines may get chocked or damaged. Therefore, purification of air by removing oil, moisture and dust is done to protect the pneumatic system from failure, so that the system should work efficiently. 1) Particulate Filters ( Dry Air Filters ) Particulate filters are used to remove dust and particles out of the air. This will allow air to travel faster in the piping system and prevent clogs. The main element in this filtration is the membrane. The membrane acts like a gate which only lets air pass through while anything bigger gets blocked by the membrane material.

2) Coalescing Filters Coalescing filters are used to capture oil and tiny moisture droplets and prevent condensate from developing in the system. This will prolong the life of the piping system and other components by avoiding rust. The main component used is the flow of the air. The filter may contain a membrane element in it as well but altering the flow of the air in a tight space causes condensate or oil to gather at the bottom of the filter.

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

Define following terms :

Fluctuation of energy, co-efficient of fluctuation of energy, co-efficient of fluctuation speed, maximum fluctuation of energy.

Answer:

Fluctuations of energy: The variations of energy above and below the mean resisting torque line are called fluctuations of energy.

Coefficient of fluctuation of energy: It may be defined as the ratio of the maximum fluctuation of energy to the work done per cycle. Mathematically, Coefficient of fluctuation of energy, E = Maximum fluctuation of energy/Work done per cycle

Coefficient of fluctuation of speed: The difference between the maximum and minimum speeds during a cycle is called the maximum fluctuation of speed. The ratio of the maximum fluctuation of speed to the mean speed is called the coefficient of fluctuation of speed.

Maximum fluctuation of energy: Δ E = Maximum energy – Minimum energy = (E + a1) – (E + a1 – a2 + a3 – a4) = a2 – a3 + a4

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

State any four reasons of failure of pneumatic seals.

Answer:

1. Incompatibility of seal material with operating system 2. Excessive heat 3. Excessive load 4. Excessive clearance 5. Excessive pressure 6. Improper fitting 7. Improper groove geometry 8. Abrasion 9. Wear

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

State any four reasons of failure of pneumatic seals.

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

A bracket as shown in Figure No. 1 is fixed to a vertical steel column by means of five standard bolts.

 

Answer:

Horizontal component of 45 KN, WH= 45Sin 600 =45x 0.866=38971N and vertical component of 45 KN, Wv,= 45xcos600 =45x0.5=22500N Direct tensile load in each bolt,Wt1= WH /5=38971/5=7794.20N Turning moment due to WH about G TH = WHx 25=38971x25=974275N (anticlockwise) direct shear load on each bolt =Ws=Wv/5 =22500/5=4500N Turning moment due to Wv about edge of the bracket, Tv= Wvx175=22500x175=3937500N-mm( clockwise( clockwise) Net turning moment =3937500-974275=2963225N---------(I) total moment of the load on the bolts @ th tilting edge = 2w x(L1) 2 + 2w x(L2) 2 =2xwx(50)2 + 2xwx(150)2 = 50000 w N-mm-----(II) from equations (I) and(II) 2963225N=50000 w N- w= 592.645 N max. tensile load on each of the upper bolt, Wt2= wL2 =592.645x150=88896.75 N tensile load on each of the upper bolt, Wt = Wt1+ Wt2 =7794.20+ 88896.75=96690.95N equivalent tensile load =Wte=1/2(Wt+ √‾(Wt)2 + 4(Ws)2 =1/2 ( 96690.95+97108.91)=96899.93 N Tensile load on each bolt = ∏/4(dc)2 x 6t =0.7854x(dc)2 x 70 dc = 41.98 mm from coarse series the standard core dia. Is 49.0177 mm and corresponding size of the bolt is M56 thickness of the arm of the bracket cross sectional area of the arm A = bXt =100x t

section modulus of the arm, Z = 1/6 t (b)2 = 1/6 xtx(100)2 =1666.67 xt direct tensile stress 6t1 = WH/A = 38971/100t =389.71/t bending stress 6t2 = MH/Z = 208/t bending stress 6t3 = Mv /Z = 2632.49/t net tensile stress, 6t1 +6t2 + 6t3 = 3230.20/t max. tensile stress , 6t max. 6t/2+ ½ √‾(6t)2 + 4(Ʈ)2 =70 t = 46.36 mm

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

Explain the working of rope brake dynamometer with neat sketch

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

Draw the schematic diagram of turbojet engine.

Answer:

Turbo Jet Engine

 

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

(c) What are the advantages of pneumatic system over hydraulic systems ?

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

What are rolling contact bearings? State their advantages over sliding contact bearings.

Answer:

Rolling contact bearing- contact between the surfaces is rolling ,it is antifriction bearing Advantages (any six) (1)low starting and running friction except at very high speed (2) ability to withstand momentary shock loads (3) accuracy of shaft alignment (4) low cost of maintenance (5) reliability of service (6) easy to mount and erect (7) cleanliness (8) small overall dimension

4

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

Define : i) WBT ii) DPT iii) DBT iv) Degree of saturation.

Answer:

i) WBT: Wet bulb Temperature twb : It is the temperature recorded by a thermometer when its bulb is covered by a wet cloth exposed to the air. ii) DPT: Dew point temperature tdp :It is the temperature of air recorded by thermometer, when the moisture (water vapour) present in its, begins to condensed. iii) DBT: Dry Bulb Temperature tdb : It is the temperature of air recorded by ordinary thermometer with a clean, dry sensing element . iv) Degree of Saturation (μ):Degree of saturation is defined as ‘the ratio of mass of water vapour associated with unit mass of dry air to mass of water vapour associated with saturated unit mass of dry air at same temperature. 

4

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

Explain the working of single plate clutch with neat diagram.

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

Compare positive displacement pump with Rotodynamic pump.

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

State the strength equation of double parallel fillet weld and single transverse fillet weld with neat sketches

Answer:

Strength equation of double parallel fillet weld= throat area x allowable shear stress P= 2x 0.707x Sw x lwx Ʈ =1.414 x Sw x lwx Ʈ (1mark) Strength equation of single transverse fillet weld

P =throat area x allowable tensile stress P= 0.707x Sw x lw x σ

4

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

Explain the working of simple vapour absorption refrigeration system.

Or

Explain with neat sketch vapour absorption refrigeration system.

Answer:

Vapour absorption refrigeration system

vapour absorption refrigeration system is an energy efficient system of achieving refrigeration effect.

Vapor absorption refrigeration system is schematically demonstrated in following diagram.

vapour absorption refrigeration system

Vapour absorption refrigeration system working:

Vapor absorption refrigeration system consists of evaporator, absorber, generator, condenser, expansion valve, pump & reducing valve. In this system ammonia is used as refrigerant and solution is used is aqua ammonia. Strong solution of aqua ammonia contains as much as ammonia as it can and weak solution contains less ammonia. The compressor of vapor compressor system is replaced by an absorber, generator, reducing valve and pump. The heat flow in the system at generator, and work is supplied to pump. Ammonia vapors coming out of evaporator are drawn in absorber. The weak solution containing very little ammonia is spread in absorber. The weak solution absorbs ammonia and gets converted into strong solution. This strong solution from absorber is pumped into generator. The addition of heat liberates ammonia vapor and solution gets converted into weak solution. The released vapor is passed to condenser and weak solution to absorber through a reducing valve. Thus, the function of a compressor is done by absorber, a generator, pump and reducing valve. The simple vapor compressor system is used where there is scarcity of Electricity and it is very useful at partial and full load.

============================Answer Ends Here=========================

For further understanding of the Vapor absorption refrigeration system use following material.

 

4

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

State reasons for balancing of rotating elements of machine. Explain balancing concept.

Answer:

Reasons for balancing of rotating elements of machine: The balancing of the moving parts both rotating and reciprocating of such machine is having greater importance. Because, if these parts are not balanced properly then the unbalanced dynamic forces can cause serious consequences, which are harmful to the life of the machinery itself, the human beings and all the property around them. These unbalanced forces not only increase the load on the bearings and stresses in various members, but also produces unpleasant and dangerous vibrations in them.

Concept of balancing: When a mass moves in circular pitch, it experience a centripetal acceleration which generates a force acting towards the center of rotation. An equal and opposite force which is acting radially outwards which is called centrifugal force. This force is the disturbing force for the system. The magnitude of this force remains constant but the direction goes on changing with the rotation of mass. The centrifugal force , on a rotating machine can be expressed mathematically as follows:

Fc = m. ω².r Newton

Where, m = Mass of rotating part in kg,

Ω = angular speed of this part in rad/sec, and r = Distance of the center of gravity of mass from the axis of rotation of part in m.

For the balance of rotating masses, it is the centrifugal force which is to be balanced. This type of problem is very common in steam turbine rotors, engine crank shafts, rotory compressors and centrifugal pumps.

4

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

What are the various types of Hoses used in pneumatic system

Answer:

Hoses are flexible connecting tubes or pipes to connect actuators, control valves. Different layers of hose 1) Inner tube 2) Reinforcement 3) Outer protective cover Hoses: are flexible vessels that are constructed of multiple layers of different materials. Fittings for hoses are often not permanent, since the hose itself is often replaced in time due to wear

4

view
Q 6 f )

Question:

Four masses A, B, C and D are attached to a shaft and revolve in the same plane. The masses are 12 kg, 10 kg, 18 kg and 15 kg respectively and their radii of rotations are 40 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm and 30 mm. The angular position of the masses B, C and D are 60O, 135O ,and 270O from the mass ‘A’. Find the magnitude and position of the balancing mass at a radius of 100 mm. Use graphical method only.

Answer:

4

view
Examination: 2017 WINTER
Que.No Question/Problem marks Link
Q 1 a )

Question:

Define machine design.

Answer:

Machine design is the process of selection of the materials, shapes, sizes and arrangements of
mechanical elements so that the resultant machine will perform the prescribed task. OR
Machine Design is the creation of new and better machines and improving the existing ones

2

view
Q 1a)(a)

Question:

Draw p-v and T-S diagram for Diesel cycle. Name the processes involved in it.

Answer:

Diesel Cycle on P-V and T-S diagram :

Processes : 1-2 : Isentropic compression 2-3 : Heat addition at constant pressure 3-3 Isentropic expansion 4-1 Heat rejection at constant volume

 

4

view
Q 1a)(a)

Question:

State the four advantages and disadvantages of screw pump.

Answer:

4

view
Q 1a)(a)

Question:

Pappu Define kinematic link and kinematic chain. 

Answer:

a) Kinematic link: Each part of a machine, which moves relative to some other part, is known as a kinematic link (or simply link) or element. Kinematic Chain: When the kinematic pairs are coupled in such a way that the last link is joined to the first link to transmit definite motion (i.e. completely or successfully constrained motion), it is called a kinematic chain.

2

view
Q 1a)(a)

Question:

Define kinematic link and kinematic chain.

Answer:

a) Kinematic link: Each part of a machine, which moves relative to some other part, is known as a kinematic link (or simply link) or element. Kinematic Chain: When the kinematic pairs are coupled in such a way that the last link is joined to the first link to transmit definite motion (i.e. completely or successfully constrained motion), it is called a kinematic chain.

2

view
Q 1a)(b)

Question:

Draw actual valve timing diagram for 4-stroke petrol engine.

Answer:

Valve timing diagram of four stroke diesel engine

4

view
Q 1a)(b)

Question:

Explain the construction of 4/2 poppet valve with neat sketch & symbol.

Answer:

4/2 puppet valve Figure shows a cross sectional schematic view of a poppet type 4/2 direction control valve. Inside the valve housing, a number of bores are engraved and interconnected through number of valve elements. The ports ‘P’, ‘R’, ‘A’, and ‘B’ shown in the diagram are designated as ‘Ppressure port, ‘A’ and ‘B’ – cylinder port and ‘R’ – exhaust port. In the position shown in the sketch, it is found that ‘P’ connects to ‘A’ and ‘B’ to ‘R’, When the elements are actuated by means of the push button, they are unseat and ‘P’ connects to ‘B’ and ‘A’ to ‘R’. The rated size of the valve depends on the cross-section of the valve port. Through proper shaping of the fluid ports or canals, the loss of pressure may be minimized. The actuating elements of the spool in zero position are spring controlled and for accurate controlling may be designed as pressure compensated

 

4

view
Q 1a)(b)

Question:

State types of cams.

Answer:

b) Types of cam: 1. Radial or disc cam 2. Cylindrical cam

2

view
Q 1a)(c)

Question:

Classify air compressors

Answer:

Classification of Air compressors:

1. According to principle: a) Reciprocating air compressors b) Rotary air compressors 2. According to the capacity a. Low capacity air compressors b. Medium capacity air compressors c. High capacity air compressors 3. According to pressure limits a. Low pressure air compressors b. Medium pressure air compressors c. High pressure air compressors 4. According to method of connection a. Direct drive air compressors b. Belt drive air compressors c. Chain drive air compressors

 

4

view
Q 1a)(c)

Question:

State the essential properties of hydraulic fluids.

Answer:

4

view
Q 1a)(c)

Question:

State law of gearing.

Answer:

Gearing law (Law of gearing) :

Gearing law states that, "The law of gearing states that the angular velocity ratio of all Gears of a meshed gear system must remain constant also the common normal at the point of contact must pass through the pitch point."

gearing law

Gearing law illustration

As illustrated in above animation the common normal at the point of contact passes through the pitch point. Gearing law must be followed in order to two gears transmit motion form one to another.

In order to have a constant angular velocity ratio for all positions of the wheels, it is must that the point P must be the fixed point (called pitch point) for the two wheels. In other words it can be said that , the common normal at the point of contact between a pair of teeth should always pass through the pitch point for  proper working.

This is the fundamental condition which must be satisfied while designing the profiles for the teeth of gear wheels, it is also known as the law of gearing.

Gearing law explination with diagram

 

 

 

 

2

view
Q 1a)(d)

Question:

Classify gas turbine on the basis of
a) Cycle of operation
b) Thermodynamic cycle
c) Application
d) Combustion process

Answer:

Classification of gas turbine on the basis of

a. Cycle of operation 1. Open cycle 2. Closed cycle

b. Thermodynamic cycle 1. Brayton or Joules cycle 2. Atkinson cycle 3. Erricsson cycle

c. Application 1. For supercharging of IC engine 2. For locomotive propulsion 3. For ship propulsion 4. Industrial application 5. Air craft engines 6. Electric power generation

d. Combustion process 1. Continuous combustion 2. Explosion combustion

4

view
Q 1a)(d)

Question:

Explain any two mounting methods of cylinder.

Answer:

1) Centreline mounting Centreline mounts are used to take care of thrust that can occur linearly or along a centreline with the cylinder. Proper alignment is essential to prevent compound stresses that may cause excessive friction and bending, as piston extends. Additional holding strength may be essential with long stroke cylinders. 2) Foot mounting It consists of mounting the cylinder with the help of side end lungs or side covers. These mountings are used where cylinders are to be mounted on to surface parallel to the axis of cylinder

4

view
Q 1a)(d)

Question:

State the types of chains & sprockets.

Answer:

Types of Chains & Sprockets: The chains, on the basis of their use, are classified into the following three groups : 1. Hoisting and hauling (or crane) chains, 2. Conveyor (or tractive) chains, and 3. Power transmitting (or driving) chains. Sprockets: 1. Taper lock sprockets 2.Pilot bore sprocket 3.Platewheel sprocket

2

view
Q 1a)(e)

Question:

State the function of flywheel in I.C. Engine.

Answer:

A flywheel used in machines serves as a reservoir, which stores energy during the period when the supply of energy is more than the requirement, and releases it during the period when the requirement of energy is more than the supply. In other words, a flywheel controls the speed variations caused by the fluctuation of the engine turning moment during each cycle of operation.

2

view
Q 1a)(f)

Question:

State the function of governor.

Answer:

The function of a governor is to regulate the mean speed of an engine, when there are variations in the load e.g. when the load on an engine increases, its speed decreases, therefore it becomes necessary to increase the supply of working fluid. On the other hand, when the load on the engine decreases, its speed increases and thus less working fluid is required. The governor automatically controls the supply of working fluid to the engine with the varying load conditions and keeps the mean speed within certain limits

2

view
Q 1a)(g)

Question:

Compare brakes and dynamometers. (any two points)

Answer:

Compare Brakes & Dynamometers: A dynamometer is a mechanical device used to indirectly measure the power output of a prime mover like an engine or a motor. Examples: hydraulic brake dynamometer, eddy current dynamometer, prony brake dynamometer. A brake is a mechanical device usually found in automobiles that helps in decelerating a vehicle and brings it to a complete stop. Examples: internal expanding shoe brake, single and double shoe brake, simple and differential band brake.

2

view
Q 1a)(h)

Question:

Why is balancing of rotating parts necessary for high speed engines ?

Answer:

Reasons for balancing of rotating elements of machine: The balancing of the moving parts both rotating and reciprocating of such machine is having greater importance. Because, if these parts are not balanced properly then the unbalanced dynamic forces can cause serious consequences, which are harmful to the life of the machinery itself, the human beings and all the property around them. These unbalanced forces not only increase the load on the bearings and stresses in various members, but also produces unpleasant and dangerous vibrations in them.

2

view
Q 1a)(i)

Question:

(a) Define : (i) Spherical pair (ii) Higher pair

Answer:

a) Single plate clutch b) Multi plate clutch c) Cone clutch d) Centrifugal clutch

ii) Classification of follower:

2

view
Q 1 b )

Question:

Give the composition of :-

(i) FeE220:

(ii) 20C8

Answer:

(i) FeE220: Steel having yield strength of 220 N/mm2 . (ii) 20C8 : Carbon steel containing 0.15 to 0.25 percent (0.2 percent on average) carbon and 0.60 to 0.90 percent (0.80 percent on average) manganese.

2

view
Q 1 b )

Question:

(b) Define :

(i) Radial follower (ii) Off-set follower

Answer:

1. According to the surface in contact:  Knife-edge follower  Roller follower  Flat faced or mushroom follower  Spherical follower 2. According to the motion of the follower:  Reciprocating or translating follower  Oscillating or rotating follower 3. According to the path of motion of follower:

Radial follower  Off-set followe

2

view
Q 1 b )

Question:

State any four types of friction clutch, along with its application each.

Answer:

(Types of clutches: Two marks, applications Two marks) Types of clutches: a) Single plate clutch b) Multi plate clutch c) Cone clutch d) Centrifugal clutch Applications: a) Single plate clutch: Heavy vehicles, four-wheeler such as car, truck, bus b) Multi plate clutch: Two wheelers, mopeds, scooters, bikes c) Cone clutch: Machine tools, automobiles, press work d) Centrifugal clutch: mopeds, Luna

4

view
Q 1 b )

Question:

Define slip and creep with reference to belt drive. Also state their effect on velocity ratio.

Answer:

V- Belt drive – air compressor, machine tools (drilling machine)  Flat belt drive - lathe headstock, floor mill, stone crusher unit  Gear drive – gear box of vehicles, cement mixing unit, machine tools, I.C. Engine, differential of automobile, dial indicator  Chain drive – Bicycle, cranes, Hoists, bikes

4

view
Q 1b)(a)

Question:

Define completely constrained motion and successfully constrained motion with neat sketch. State one example of each.

Answer:

a) 1. Completely constrained motion: When the motion between a pair is limited to a definite direction irrespective of the direction of force applied, then the motion is said to be a completely constrained motion. For example, the piston and cylinder (in a steam engine) form a pair and the motion of the piston is limited to a definite direction (i.e.it will only reciprocate) relative to the cylinder irrespective of the direction of motion of the crank. Examples: 1. The motion of a square bar in a square hole 2. the motion of a shaft with collars at each end in a circular hole,

2. Successfully constrained motion: When the motion between the elements, forming a pair, is such that the constrained motion is not completed by itself, but by some other means, then the motion is said to be successfully constrained motion. Consider a shaft in a foot-step bearing as shown in Fig. The shaft may rotate in a bearing or it may move upwards. This is a case of incompletely con-strained motion. But if the load is placed on the shaft to prevent axial upward movement of the shaft, then the motion of the pair is said to be successfully constrained motion. Examples:1. The motion of an I.C. engine valve (these are kept on their seat by a spring) 2. The piston reciprocating inside an engine cylinder 3. Shaft in a foot step bearing

4

view
Q 1b)(a)

Question:

Draw a neat labelled sketch of fuel injection pump. Give its function.

Answer:

Fuel injection pump : Fuel injection pump is used widely for the supply of fuel under high pressure in diesel engines

6

view
Q 1b)(a)

Question:

Draw general layout of hydraulic system and explain its working.

Answer:

6

view
Q 1b)(b)

Question:

State function of clutch. Explain working principle of clutch.

Answer:

b) Function of the Clutch 1. Function of transmitting the torque from the engine to the drive train. 2. Smoothly deliver the power from the engine to enable smooth vehicle movement. 3. Perform quietly and to reduce drive-related vibration. WORKING PRINCIPLE OF CLUTCH It operates on the principle of friction. When two surfaces are brought in contact and are held against each other due to friction between them, they can be used to transmit power. If one is rotated, then other also rotates. One surface is connected to engine and other to the transmission system of automobile. Thus, clutch is nothing but a combination of two friction surfaces

4

view
Q 1b)(b)

Question:

Explain regeneration method to improve thermal efficiency of gas turbine with the help of
flow diagram and T-S diagram.

Answer:

Regenerative method to improve thermal efficiency in gas turbines : The exhaust gases a lot of heat as their temperature is far above the ambient temperature . The heat of exhaust gases can be used to heat the air coming from the compressor thus reducing the mass of the fuel supplied in the combustion chamber as shown in the figure. This method is called regenerative method.

 

6

view
Q 1b)(b)

Question:

With a neat sketch explain pressure compensated flow control valve. Draw symbol of it.

Answer:

6

view
Q 1b)(ii)

Question:

2) Define : a) Ductility b) Toughness c) Creep

Answer:

a) Ductility: the property of material which enables it to be drawn into thin wire under the action of tensile load is called as ductility. b) Toughness: The property which resists the fracture under the action of impact loading is called as toughness. Toughness is energy for failure by fracture. c) Creep: when a component is subjected to constant stress at a high temperature over a long period of time ,it will undergo a slow& permanent deformation called creep Or it is defined as “slow and progressive deformation of material with time under constant stress at elevated temperature. E.g : Bolts & pipes in thermal power plants

8

view
Q 1 c )

Question:

State four types of loads acting on machine elements

Answer:

(i) Dead or steady load (ii) Live or variable load (iii) Suddenly applied or shock load (iv) Impact load

2

view
Q 1 c )

Question:

What do you mean by crowning of pulleys in flat belt drive ? State its use.

Answer:

1. As no slip takes place, hence, perfect velocity ratio is obtained (Positive drive). 2. Chain drive gives high transmission efficiency (up to 98 %). 3. Chain drive may be used when the distance between the shafts is less. 4. Chain is made up of metal which would occupy less space as compared with belt or rope drive. 5. Ability to transmit power to several shafts by one chain. 6. Load on the shaft is less and long life.

 

2

view
Q 1 d )

Question:

What do you mean by creep?

Answer:

When a machine part is subjected to a constant stress at high temperature for a long period of time, it will undergo a slow and permanent deformation called ‘creep’. This property is considered in designing internal combustion engines, boilers and turbines

2

view
Q 1 d )

Question:

Define initial tension in belt drive & state its effect.

Answer:

1. Manufacturing cost of chains is relatively high 2. The chain drive needs accurate mounting and careful maintenance 3. High velocity fluctuations especially when unduly stretched 4. Chain operations are noisy as compared to belts.

2

view
Q 1 e )

Question:

Define Ergonomics.

Answer:

Ergonomics is defined as the scientific study of the man – machine working environment relationship and the application of anatomical, physiological, psychological principles to solve the problems arising from this relationship.

2

view
Q 1 e )

Question:

Define fluctuation of speed and fluctuation of energy in case of flywheel.

Answer:

Fluctuation of speed: It is the difference between the maximum and minimum speed of Flywheel. Fluctuation of speed = (N1 – N2) rpm N1 – maximum speed, N2 -- minimum speed Fluctuation of energy: It is the difference between the maximum and minimum energy of Flywheel. Maximum energy of Flywheel I ω1 2 Minimum energy of Flywheel = I ω2 2 Fluctuation of energy = I (ω1 2 - ω2 2 ) in N-m or J I – moment of inertia of flywheel = mk2 where, m – mass of the flywheel, kg and k - radius of gyration of flywheel, m2 ω1 – Maximum Angular velocity, rad/sec ω2 – Minimum Angular velocity, rad/sec

2

view
Q 1 f )

Question:

Give two applications of knuckle joint.

Answer:

(i) A knuckle joint is used to connect two rods which are under the action of tensile loads. However, if the joint is guided, the rods may support a compressive load. (ii) Its use may be found in the link of a cycle chain, tie rod joint of roof truss, valve rod joint with eccentric rod, pump rod joint, tension link in bridge structure and lever and rod connections of various types.

2

view
Q 1 f )

Question:

Define the sensitivity in relation to governer. State its significance.

Answer:

The function of governor is to regulate the mean speed of the engine, when there are variations in the load. Governor automatically adjusts and controls the supply of fuel / working fluid to the engine with the varying load conditions and keeps the mean speed within the certain desired limits. e.g. When the load on an engine increases, its speed decreases, therefore it becomes necessary to increase the supply of fuel or working fluid. The configuration of the governor changes and valve is moved to increase the supply of working fluid. Conversely, when the load on the engine

2

view
Q 1 g )

Question:

Define following terms of spring:

Answer:

(i) Spring rate: The spring rate is defined as the load required per unit deflection of the spring. It is also
known as spring stiffness or spring constant. Mathematically,
Spring rate, k = W / δ
Where,
W = Load
δ = Deflection of the spring
(ii) Spring index: The spring index is defined as the ratio of the mean diameter of the coil to the
diameter of the wire. Mathematically,
Spring index, C = D / d
Where,
D = Mean diameter of the coil
d = Diameter of the wire

2

view
Q 1 h )

Question:

How do you express the life of bearings?

Answer:

The life of an individual bearing is defined as the total number of revolutions (or the number of hours at a given constant speed) which the bearing can complete before the evidence of fatigue failure develops on the balls or races.  The bearing life can be defined by rating life.  The rating life of a group of apparently identical bearing is defined as the number of revolutions (or the number of hours at a given constant speed) that 90 percent of a group of bearings will complete or exceed before the first evidence of fatigue failure develops. It is also known as L10 life.

2

view
Q 1 h )

Question:

State the adverse effect of imbalance of rotating elements of machine.

Answer:

The process of providing the second mass in order to counter act the effect of the centrifugal force of the disturbing mass is called balancing. In order to prevent the bad effect of centrifugal force of disturbing mass, another mass (balancing) is attached to the opposite side of the shaft at such a position, so as to balance the effect of centrifugal force of disturbing mass. This is done in such a way that the centrifugal forces of both the masses are made equal and opposite. Methods of balancing:  Balancing of rotating masses 1) Balancing of a single rotating mass by a single rotating mass in the same plane 2) Balancing of a single rotating mass by two masses rotating in the different planes * Disturbing mass lies in a plane between the planes of balancing masses * Disturbing mass lies in a plane on one end of the planes of balancing masses 3) Balancing of different masses rotating in the same plane 4) Balancing of different masses rotating in the different planes  Balancing of reciprocating masses

2

view
Q 1 i )

Question:

Draw the different thread profiles used for power screws.

Answer:

2

view
Q 1 j )

Question:

State four types of keys.

Answer:

(i) Sunk key: Rectangular sunk key, Square sunk key and Parallel sunk key (ii) Gib-head key (iii) Feather key Any four (iv) Woodruff key types of keys (v) Saddle key: Flat saddle key, Hollow saddle key (vi) Tangent key (vii) Round key

2

view
Q 1 k )

Question:

Give two examples, where screwed joints are preferred over welded joints.

Answer:

i) Cylinder head of the engine. (ii) Machine foundation. (iii) Assembly of fan, couplings. Any two examples (iv) Connect two bogies of the train with the turn buckle. (v) Structural bridges, pressure vessels, fly press (vi) Assembly of crank shaft and connecting rod.

2

view
Q 1 l )

Question:

State any four applications of rolling contact bearings.

Answer:

(i) Industrial and automotive gear boxes. (ii) Electric motors and machine tool spindles. (iii) Small size centrifugal pumps. (iv) Automobile front and rear axles

2

view
Q 1 m )

Question:

What are the requirement of a good coupling?

Answer:

A good coupling should have the following requirements: (i) It should be easy to connect and disconnect. (ii) It should transmit the full power from one shaft to another shaft without losses. (iii) It should hold the shafts in perfect alignment. (iv) It should reduce the transmission of shock loads from one shaft to another shaft. (v) It should have no projecting parts

2

view
Q 1 n )

Question:

Draw stress – strain diagram for brittle material.

Answer:

2

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Differentiate between machine and structure.

Answer:

Sl. No
Machine
Structure

1
All parts / links have relative motion
No relative motion between the links

2
It transforms the available energy into some useful work
No energy transformations

3
The kinematic link of a machine may transmit both power and
The member of the structure transmit forces only

4

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Reciprocating air compressor draws 6 kg of air per minute at 25°C. It compresses the air
polytropically and delivers it at 105°C. Find the work done by the compressor and air power.
Also find mechanical efficiency if shaft power is 14 kW. Assume R = 0.287 kJ/kg°K and n = 1.3.

Answer:

8

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

What is a machine ? Differentiate between a machine and a structure.

Answer:

Sl. No
Machine
Structure

1
All parts / links have relative motion
No relative motion between the links

2
It transforms the available energy into some useful work
No energy transformations

3
The kinematic link of a machine may transmit both power and motion
The member of the structure transmit forces only

4
Examples: I.C. Engine, Machine tools, steam engine, type writer, etc.
Example: Truss of roof, frame of machine, truss of bridge

5
Studied under 'Dynamics'
Studied under 'Statics'

 

4

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Explain with neat sketch the working of hydraulic circuit for milling machine.

Answer:

Working of hydraulic circuit for milling machine. Hydraulic circuit for milling machine is comparatively different from other circuits. Table movement of milling machine is required to be adjustable for different feeds for different type of work. Therefore for both strokes of the cylinder, on both ends of cylinder flow control valves are used. Another feature of this circuit is that there are two pumps 1. Main pump – low pressure high discharge 2. Booster pump - high pressure low discharge The function of booster pump is to boost the hydraulic pressure to a higher level than given by main pump. Reason behind using this type is to save power as well as use of high pressure high discharge pump is avoided. 4/3 DCV used manually operated stroke length of cylinder is adjustable through limit switch. In centre position of 4/3 DCV all the ports are close therefore, total hydraulic system is lock.. position (I) pump flow is given to cylinder blank end and extension starts and oil from rod end is discharge to tank. In (II) position, pump flow diverted to rod end for retraction and blank end side flow pass to tank

8

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Explain various failures to be considered in designing a cotter joint along with the necessary sketches and strength equations.

Answer:

 

It consist of 3 elements: i. Socket ii. Spigot iii. Cotter Where, d= End diameter of rod d1= Diameter of spigot/Inside diameter of socket d2= Diameter of spigot collar D1= Outer diameter of socket D2= Diameter of socket collar C=Thickness of socket collar t1= Thickness of spigot collar t= thickness of cotter b= Mean width of cotter a= Distance of end of slot to the end of spigot P= Axial tensile/compressive force σt , σc , τ= Permissible tensile,

compressive, shear stress for the component materia

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

Name any eight pipe or tube fitting with their application.

Answer:

1) Adaptor – To connect two pipes of different diameters. 2) Coupling- To connect two pipes of same diameters. 3) Tee- To connect two pipes with one pipe. 4) Cross- To connect two pipes in crosswise. 5) Elbow- To divert the flow between two pipes at right angle. 6) Hex nipple- To connect two pipes internally with the help of hexagonal nut. 7) 450 Elbow- To divert the flow between two pipes at 450 angle. 8) Reducer- To connect two pipes of different diameters and it will increase or reduce the pressure of flow

8

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

Explain with the neat sketch working of crank and slotted lever quick return mechanism.

Answer:

Crank and slotted lever quick return motion mechanism: This mechanism is mostly used in shaping machines, slotting machines and in rotary internal combustion engines. In this mechanism, the link AC (i.e. link 3) forming the turning pair is fixed, as shown in fig. The link 3 corresponds to the connecting rod of a reciprocating steam engine. The driving crank CB revolves with uniform angular speed about the fixed centre C. A sliding block attached to the crank pin at B slides along the slotted bar AP and thus causes AP to oscillate about the pivoted point A. A short link PR transmits the motion from AP to the ram which carries the tool and reciprocates along the line of stroke R1R2. The line of stroke of the ram (i.e. R1R2) is perpendicular to AC produced

In the extreme positions, AP1 and AP2 are tangential to the circle and the cutting tool is at the end of the stroke. The forward or cutting stroke occurs when the crank rotates from the position CB1 to CB2 (or through an angle β) in the clockwise direction. The return stroke occurs when the crank rotates from the position CB2 to CB1 (or through angle α) in the clockwise direction. Since the crank has uniform angular speed,

 

4

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

Describe with neat sketch the working of scotch yoke mechanism.

Answer:

Crank and slotted lever quick return motion mechanism. This mechanism is mostly used in shaping machines, slotting machines and in rotary internal combustion engines. In this mechanism, the link AC (i.e. link 3) forming the turning pair is fixed, as shown in fig. The link 3 corresponds to the connecting rod of a reciprocating steam engine. The driving crank CB revolves with uniform angular speed about the fixed centre C. A sliding block attached to the crank pin at B slides along the slotted bar AP and thus causes AP to oscillate about the pivoted point A. A short link PR transmits the motion from AP to the ram which carries the tool and reciprocates along the line of stroke R1R2. The line of stroke of the ram (i.e. R1R2) is perpendicular to AC produced

 

In the extreme positions, AP1 and AP2 are tangential to the circle and the cutting tool is at the end of the stroke. The forward or cutting stroke occurs when the crank rotates from the position CB1 to CB2 (or through an angle β) in the clockwise direction. The return stroke occurs when the

 

4

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

List various types of air motors. Explain vane type air motor with neat sketch.

Answer:

Various Types of Air Motors 1. Vane Motor 2. Gerotor Motor 3. Turbine Motor 4. Piston Motor Construction: It consists of simple Vane rotor which is having slots in which vanes (flat piece of steel) slides freely. The rotor is eccentrically located inside the stator housing. Working: When pressurized air comes in through inlet port, the pressure of air distributes equal in all directions. Since vane is sliding freely in slots of rotator, the vane comes in to way of pressurized air and air pushes the vanes so that rotor starts rotating with speed. The used low pressure air is exhausted through exhaust port. This is unidirectional motor. Since vanes are freely sliding in slots, there is possibility of leakage of air. With the help of these motors we can achieve the speeds up to 25000 r.p.m.

8

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

State the theories of elastic failure. Explain maximum normal stress theory and maximum shear stress theory with equations.

Or

Explain Maximum shear stress theory. {Maximum shear stress theory is also called as?}

Answer:

Theories of Failures

Maximum shear stress theory is explained below

The principal theories of failure for a member are as follows:

(i) Maximum principal or normal stress theory

(ii) Maximum shear stress theory

(iii) Maximum principal or normal strain theory

(iv) Maximum strain energy theory

(v) Maximum distortion energy theory

 

Maximum normal stress theory (Maximum principal stress theory or Rankines theory

According to this theory, the elastic failure occurs when the greatest principal stress reaches the elastic limit value in a simple tension test irrespective of the value of other two principal stresses.  Taking factor of safety (F. S.) into consideration, the maximum principal or normal stress (σt) is given by, σt = σyt / F. S. (for ductile materials) σt = σu / F. S. (for brittle materials) where, σyt = Yield point stress in tension as determined from simple tension test σu = Ultimate stress  This theory ignores the possibility of failure due to shear stress, therefore it is not used for ductile, However, for brittle materials which are relatively strong in shear but weak in tension and compression, this theory is generally used.  This theory is also known as maximum principal stress theory or Rankine’s theory.

Maximum Shear Stress Theory (Guest’s theory or Tresca’s theory)

Maximum Shear Stress Theory  According to this theory, the failure or yielding occurs at a point in a member when the maximum shear stress reaches a value equal to the shear stress at yield point in a simple tension test. Mathematically, τmax = τyt / F. S. where, τmax = Maximum shear stress τyt = Shear stress at yield point as determined from simple tension test F. S = Factor of safety. Since the shear stress at yield point in a simple tension test is equal to one half the yield stress in tension, therefore τmax = σyt / (2 x F. S.).This theory is mostly used for designing members of ductile materials. This theory is also known as Guest’s theory or Tresca’s theory.

===================Answer to question ends here=======================

For further understanding and details follow following material.

 

8

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

Define linear velocity, angular velocity, absolute velocity and state the relation between linear velocity and angular velocity

Answer:

Relation between linear and angular velocity: V = ω.r

4

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

The following results were obtained during Morse test on 4-stroke petrol engine. Brake power developed when all cylinders working = 16.2 kW
Brake power developed when 1 st cylinder cutoff = 11.5 kW
Brake power developed when 2 nd cylinder cutoff = 11.6 kW
Brake power developed when 3 rd cylinder cutoff = 11.68 kW
Brake power developed when 4 th cylinder cutoff = 11.57 kW
Calculate mechanical efficiency and friction power.

Answer:

8

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

Explain the inter-relation between linear and angular velocity, linear and angular acceleration with suitable example.

Answer:

 

4

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

What is seal ? Classify seals according to shape. State the factors for seal selection.

Answer:

Seal: The seal is an agent or element which prevents leakage of oil from hydraulic elements and protects the system from dust and dirt. Classification of seals based on shape:- a) ‘O’ Ring seal b) ‘V’ Ring seal c) U-packing seal d) T- ring seal e) Cup seal

Factors for seal selection: 1) Type of fluid used in system 2) Maximum temperature of system in working condition 3) Functional reliability expected 4) Cost of seal 5) Working pressure of system 6) Environmental condition

 

8

view
Q 2c)(i)

Question:

(i) State and describe in brief about four ergonomic considerations in the designing of machine elements.

Answer:

The different areas covered under the ergonomics are: 1. Communication between the man (user) and the machine. 2. Working environment. 3. Human anatomy and posture while using the machine. 4. Energy expenditure in hand and foot operations. Communication between man and machine  The machine has a display unit and a control unit.  A man (user) receives the information from the machine display through the sense organs.  He (or she) then takes the corrective action on the machine controls using the hands or feet.  This man-machine closed loop system in influenced by the working environmental factors such

as: lighting, noise, temperature, humidity, air circulation, etc. Working Environment  The working environment affects significantly the man-machine relationship.  It affects the efficiency and possibly the health of the operator.  The major working environmental factors are: Lighting, Noise, Temperature, Humidity and air circulation. Ergonomics Considerations in Design of Controls  The control devices should be logically positioned and easily accessible.  The control operation should involve minimum and smooth moments.  The control operation should consume minimum energy.  The controls should be painted in proper colour to attract the attention. Ergonomics Considerations in the Design of Displays  The scale should be clear and legible.  The size of the numbers or letters on the scale should be taken appropriate.  The pointer should have a knife-edge with a mirror in a dial to minimize the parallax error while taking the readings.  The scale should be divided in a linear progression such as 0 – 10 – 20 – 30… and not as 0 – 5 – 25 – 45…..  The number of subdivisions between the numbered divisions should be as less as possible.  The numbering should be in clockwise direction on a circular scale, from left to right on a horizontal scale and from bottom to top on a vertical scale.

8

view
Q 2c)(ii)

Question:

(ii) How will select bearing from manufacturer catalogue?

Answer:

The following steps must be adopted in selecting the bearing from the manufacturer’s catalogue: 1. Calculate the radial and axial load reaction (Fa and Fr) acting on the bearing. 2. Decide the diameter of the shaft on which the bearing is to be mounted. 3. Select the proper size of bearing suitable for given application, specified with speed and available space. 4. Find the basic static rating Co of the selected bearing from the catalogue. 5. Calculate the ratio (Fa / VFr) and (Fa / Co). 6. Find the value of x and y i. e. radial and thrust factor from the catalogue. These values depend upon (Fa / VFr) and (Fa / Co).

7. Find the value of load factor or application factor ‘Ka‘from the catalogue. 8. Calculate the equivalent dynamic load by using relation, Pe = (XVFa + YFa ) Ka 9. Calculate the approximate bearing life in hours from the type of bearing, operation and type of machinery that depends upon application. 10. Calculate the required basic dynamic capacity for the bearing by using relation, L10 = (C / Pe ) a  or

 

8

view
Q 2 d )

Question:

Explain the Klein’s construction to determine velocity and acceleration of single slider crank mechanism

Answer:

 

If ωAO is the angular velocity of the crank, then Linear velocity’s of the links is given byVAO = ωAO x AO, VAP = ωAO x AM, VPO = ωAO x MO Acceleration of the links is given bya r AO = ω 2 AO x AO, a r AP = ω 2 AO x AC, a t AP = ω 2 AO x CN, aPO = ω 2 AO x NO

4

view
Q 2 d )

Question:

Explain the Klein’s construction to determine velocity and acceleration of a link in an I.C. engine mechanism.

Answer:

Let OC be the crank and PC the connecting rod of a reciprocating steam engine, as shown in Fig. Let the crank makes an angle θ with the line of stroke PO and rotates with uniform angular velocity ω rad/s in a clockwise direction. The Klien’s velocity and acceleration diagrams are drawn as discussed below:

4

view
Q 2 e )

Question:

Draw the labelled displacement, velocity and acceleration diagrams for a follower when it moves with uniform velocity.

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 e )

Question:

Draw the labelled displacement, velocity and acceleration diagrams for a follower when it moves with simple harmonic motion.

Answer:

Roller follower is preferred over knife edge follower  Knife-edge of the follower will cause the wear of the cam.  Higher load on the small contact area the follower likely to cause wear at the tip of Knifeedge due to more stresses.  Knife-edge follower practically not feasible for higher torque / load applications.  More friction due to sliding motion of the knife-edge follower and hence, more maintenance.  Roller follower on the other hand produces smooth operation with less wear and tear of both cam and follower.  Pure rotational motion of roller follower causes less friction and less loss of power.  Considerable side thrust exists between knife-edge follower and the guide.

4

view
Q 2 f )

Question:

A flat belt drive is required to transmit 35 kW from a pulley of 1.5 m effective diameter running at speed of 300 rpm. The angle of contact is spread over 11/24 of the circumference co-efficient of friction for the surface is 0.3. Determine the maximum tension in the belt. 

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 f )

Question:

A pulley rotating at 50 m/s transmits 40 kW. The safe pull in belt is 400 N/cm width of belt. The angle of lap is 170º. If coefficient of friction is 0.24, find required width of belt.

Answer:

Data: Initial tension, To = 2000 N, coefficient of friction, µ = 0.3, Angle of lap, θ = 1500 = 1500 x П / 180 = 2.618 rad, Smaller pulley radius, R = 200 mm, hence, D = 400 mm, Speed of smaller pulley, N = 500 r.p.m. We know that the velocity of the belt, v = П = П = 10.47 m/sec (01 mark) Let T1 = Tension in the belt on the tight side, N Let T2 = Tension in the belt on the slack side, N We know that, T0 = Hence, 2000 = (T1 + T2) / 2 Thus, (T1 + T2) = 4000 N ....................... (1) We also know that, = therefore, = or = 2.2 ............. (2) From equations 1 and 2, T1 = 2750 N and T2 = 1250 N (02 marks) Power transmitted by belt, P = [T1 - T2] v = [2750 - 1250] 10.47 = 15700 watts = 15.7 kW

4

view
Q 3 )

Question:

Fig.1Show of hacksaw The belt is assembled with tensoion 

 

Answer:

 

 

8

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

In a four bar chain ABCD, AD is fixed and is 150 mm long. The crank AB is 40 mm long and rotates at 120 r.p.m. clockwise, while the link CD = 80 mm oscillates about D. BC and AB are of equal length. Find the angular velocity of link CD when angle BAD = 60.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

Explain the working of counter balance valve in hydraulic circuit.

Answer:

Counter Balance Valve It is basically a relief valve but it is used to set up a back pressure in a circuit to prevent load from falling. They are frequently employed in vertical presses, loaders, lift trucks and other machines that must maintain a particular position or hold a suspended load. In such applications, the counterbalance valve creates a back pressure to prevent the movement of piston rod of cylinder

Figure shows a typical counterbalance valve. At the present pressure (due to load) acting at port A, the valve remains closed under the spring force. The fluid in the port A is trapped thereby prevents the movement of the load. When the pressure in the port A increases beyond certain value, it acts on the spool from downward direction. The spool moves against the spring force and provides the passage for the fluid to tank. This allows descending of the load. As this valve gets actuated line pressure, it is known as direct operated counterbalance valve.

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

Explain MPFI with neat sketch.

Answer:

Attempt any FOUR MPFI : MPFI means Multipoint Injection System in which each cylinder has number of injector to supply / spray the fuel in cylinders.

4

view
Q 3a)(i)

Question:

Explain with neat sketches only (i) Methods of reducing stress concentration in cylindrical members with shoulders.

(ii) Methods of reducing stress concentration in cylindrical members with holes.

 

Answer:

 

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

In a rigid flaninged complended to  transmit 20K.W at 700.r.p.m

 

Answer:

 

8

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

In a slider crank mechanism, the length of crank OB and connecting rod AB are 125 mm and 500 mm respectively. The centre of gravity G of the connecting rod is 275 mm from the slider. The crank speed is 600 rpm clockwise. When the crank has turned 45 from the inner dead centre position, determine :

(i) Velocity of slider ‘A’,

(ii) Velocity of the point ‘G’ graphically.

Answer:

 

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

Differentiate supercharging and turbocharging in I.C. engine.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

Discuss pilot operated check valve with neat sketch.

Answer:

When pilot signal of pressurized oil is used to control movement of poppet in the check valve, it is called as pilot operated check valve. It is used when no flow characteristics of the valve is desired only for a portion of the system cycle. Figure shows the pilot operated check valve. A pilot piston is introduced below moving poppet. This pilot piston can move up by introducing pilot signal. Working: In normal position there is no flow from (A) to (B) because the movable valve poppet has blocked the flow. Now pilot signal is given through port (C). This oil will push up the pilot piston upwards, thereby compressing springs (S1). The piston rod of pilot piston will push the movable poppet in upward direction thereby compressing the spring (S2). Now the flow from (A) to (B) will start. As and when we cut-off the pilot signal the flow from (A) and (B) will continue. When pilot signal will be cut-off, spring S1 and S2 will expand and moving poppet will again block the flow from (A) to (B).

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

What are the considerations in design of dimensions of formed and parallel key having rectangular cross section?

 

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

Define stress concentration. What are the causes of stress concentration? State any four methods of reducing stress concentration with neat sketches.

Answer:

Stress concentration: Whenever a machine component changes the shape of its cross section, the simple stress distribution no longer holds good and the neighbourhood of the discontinuity is different. This irregularity in the stress distribution caused by abrupt changes of form is called ‘stress concentration’.

 

 

Causes of stress concentration The various causes of stress concentration are as follows: (i) Abrupt change of cross section (ii) Poor surface finish (iii) Localized loading (iv) Variation in the material properties Methods of reducing stress concentration The presence of stresses concentration cannot be totally eliminated but it can be reduced, so following are the remedial measures to control the effects of stress concentration. 1. Provide additional notches and holes in tension members. a) Use of multiple notches. b) Drilling additional holes. 2. Fillet radius, undercutting and notch for member in bending. 3. Reduction of stress concentration in threaded member. 4. Provide taper cross-section to the sharp corner of member

8

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

Explain slip and creep phenomenon in belts.

Answer:

Define slip and creep in the belt drive Slip --- Slip is defined as insufficient frictional grip between pulley (driver/driven) and belt. Slip is the difference between the linear velocities of pulley (driver/driven) and belt. Creep ----- Uneven extensions and contractions of the belt when it passes from tight side to slack side. There is relative motion between belt and pulley surface, this phenomenon is called creep of belt.

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

State the advantages of lubricant additives (any four).

Answer:

Additives  (1) Detergents – To keep engine parts, such as piston and piston rings, clean & free from deposits. (2) Dispersants – To suspend & disperse material that could form varnishes, sludge etc that clog the engine. (3) Anti – wear – To give added strength & prevent wear of heavily loaded surfaces such as crank shaft rods & main bearings. (4) Corrosion inhibitors – To fight the rust wear caused by acids moisture. Protect vital steel & iron parts from rust & corrosion. (5) Foam inhibitors – control bubble growth, break them up quickly to prevent frothing & allow the oil pump to circulate oil evenly. (6)Viscosity index improver – added to adjust the viscosity of oil. (7) Pour point depressant - improves an oil ability to flow at very low temperature

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

Explain with neat sketch the working of meter out hydraulic circuit.

Answer:

Meter OUT Circuit A typical meter out circuit is shown in figure. Here the flow control valve is installed in the return line metering the fluid being discharged. In that way, this circuit also gives the control over the actuating speed. But this way of control offers altogether different characteristics to the circuit. Now, the circuit pressure has to overcome the load resistance and the pressure drop across the flow control valve. However, as the flow control valve is on the right side of the piston, the differential area will cause rise in the pressure. This increased pressure helps to overcome the pressure drop across the flow control valve. As the system pressure required will be relatively low, it makes this circuit marginally more efficient on the extend stroke. Initially, the compensatory spool is fully open, and full pump flow is passed into the cylinder until piston moves forward building up pressure at the flow control valve. The compensatory spool will now come into operation and restricts the flow to its correct value. Thus, there is an initial flow surge before the compensatory spool adjusts as in the case of ‘meter-in’ When using meter-out system, the pressure in the rod-end of the cylinder must be carefully considered. With meter-out speed control, the quantity of oil leaving the cylinder is controlled. When the cylinder is extending, the oil from the rod-end is metered which a smaller quantity than that is flowing into the full bore end. Consequently, under extend conditions; meter-out flow control is not as sensitive as meter-in control. When the cylinder is retracting, the reverse is true. Meter-out circuits are best where negative loads may occur, because back pressure is maintained on the exhaust side of the actuator preventing erratic motion. Meter-out circuits provide accurate speed control even with reversing loads. However, as with the meter-in system, considerable heat will be generated when used with a fixed delivery pump and a wide range of piston speeds. Applications: Drilling, Boring, Reaming and tapping operations.

 

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Explain the working principle of turbojet with neat sketch.

Answer:

Turbojet engine working principle

Turbojet engine working principle : shows the schematic of turbojet engine. It has a diffuser section at inlet for realizing some compression of air passing through this section. Due to this air reaching compressor section has pressure more than ambient pressure. This action of partly compressing air by passing it through diffuser section is called “ramming action” or “ram effect”. Subsequently compressor section compresses air which is fed to combustion chamber and fuel is added to it for causing combustion. Combustion products available at high pressure and temperature are then passed through turbine and expanded there. Thus, turbine yields positive work which is used for driving compressor. Expanding gases leaving turbine are passed through exit nozzle where it is further expanded and results in high velocity jet at exit. This high velocity jet leaving nozzle is responsible for getting desired thrust for propulsion.

Turbojet engine working principle

Turbojet engine working principle is demonstrated below.

Turbojet engine working principle

The turbojet is an air breathing engine which takes air and then adds heat to it before expanding it.

 

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Draw neat labelled sketch of (i) Internal gear pump (ii) Gerotor pump

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Draw the neat sketch of diaphragm clutch and explain its working.

Answer:

 

 

Diaphragm Spring Type Single Plate Clutch A diaphragm spring type clutch is shown in fig. where shows the clutch in the engaged position and in the disengaged position. It is seen from the above figures that the diaphragm spring is supported on a fulcrum retaining ring so that any section through the spring can be regarded as a simple lever. The pressure plate E is movable axially, but it is fixed radically with respect to the cover. This is done by providing a series of equally spaced lugs cast upon the back surface of the pressure plate. The drive from the engine flywheel is transmitted through the cover, pressure plate and the friction plate to the gear box input shaft. The clutch is disengaged by pressing the clutch pedal which actuates the release fingers by means of a release ring. This pivots the spring about its fulcrum, relieving the spring load on the outside diameter, thereby disconnecting the drive.

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

Write the procedure for balancing of a single rotating mass by single masses rotating in the same plane.

Answer:

Procedure :Balancing of a Single Rotating Mass By a Single Mass Rotating in the Same Plane Consider a disturbing mass m1 attached to a shaft rotating at ω rad/s as shown in Fig. Let r1 be the radius of rotation of the mass m1 (i.e. distance between the axis of rotation of the shaft and the centre of gravity of the mass m1). We know that the centrifugal force exerted by the mass m1 on the shaft, FCl= m1.ω2 . r1 . . . (i) This centrifugal force acts radially outwards and thus produces bending moment on the shaft. In order to counteract the effect of this force, a balancing mass (m2) may be attached in the same plane of rotation as that of disturbing mass (m1) such that the centrifugal forces due to the two masses are equal and opposite.

 

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

State the advantages of closed cycle gas turbine over open cycle gas turbine (any four).

Answer:

Advantages of closed cycle gas turbine over open cycle gas turbine: (i) It has higher thermal efficiency for the same minimum and maximum temperature limits and for the same pressure ratio. (ii) Since the heating is external, any kind of fuel even solid fuel having low calorific value may be used. (iii) There is no corrosion due to circulation of combustion product. (iv) As the system is a closed one there is no loss of the working fluid. (v) The size of the turbine will be smaller compared to an open cycle gas turbine of the same output. (vi) The regulation is more simple. (vii) The heat transmission coefficient in the exchanger is better due to the increase in suction pressure. (viii) Loss due to fluid friction is less due to higher Reynolds number.

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

What is FRL ? State the function of each component of FRL.

Answer:

FRL Unit: It is service unit used in Pneumatic system which is combination of three devices named as Filter, Regulator and Lubricator. Function of FRL unit Filter (F) – 1) To remove the micron and sub-micron particles present in the entering air of compressor. It is Used to separate out contaminants like dust, dirt p[articles from the compressed air Regulator (R) – In pneumatic system the pressure of compressed air may not stable due to possibility of line fluctuation. Hence there is a need to maintain and regulate the air pressure. This function is performing by regulator. Lubricator (L) – Sliding components like spool, a pneumatic cylinder has sliding motion between parts. It may cause friction and wear and tear at mating parts. To reduce friction, lubricating oil particles are added in the compressed air with the help of lubricator.

4

view
Q 3 f )

Question:

Give detailed classification of followers.

Answer:

Types of followers The followers may be classified as discussed below:

1. According to the surface in contact. (a)Knife edge follower. When the contacting end of the follower has a sharp knife edge, it is called a knife edge follower. (b) Roller follower. When the contacting end of the follower is a roller, it is called a roller follower. (c) Flat faced or mushroom follower. When the contacting end of the follower is a perfectly flat face, it is called a flat faced follower and when the flat faced follower is circular, it is then called a mushroom follower. (d) Spherical faced follower. When the contacting end of the follower is of spherical shape, it is called a spherical faced follower.

2.According to the motion of the follower. (a) Reciprocating or translating follower. When the follower reciprocates in guides as the cam rotates uniformly, it is known as reciprocating or translating follower. (b) Oscillating or rotating follower. When the uniform rotary motion of the cam is converted into predetermined oscillatory motion of the follower, it is called oscillating or rotating follower.

3. According to the path of motion of the follower. (a) Radial follower. When the motion of the follower is along an axis passing through the centre of the cam, it is known as radial follower (b) Off-set follower. When the motion of the follower is along an axis away from the axis of the cam centre, it is called off-set follower.

4

view
Q 4 a )

Question:

State advantages and disadvantages of chain drive over belt drive

Answer:

Advantages of chain drive over belt drive (Any four)

a) No slip takes place in chain drive as in belt drive there is slip.

b) Occupy less space as compare to belt drive.

c) High transmission efficiency.

d) More power transmission than belts drive.

e) Operated at adverse temperature and atmospheric conditions.

f) Higher velocity ratio.

g) Used for both long as well as short distances.

Disadvantages of chain drive: 1. Manufacturing cost of chains is relatively high

2. The chain drive needs accurate mounting and careful maintenance

3. High velocity fluctuations especially when unduly stretched

4. Chain operations are noisy as compared to belts

4

view
Q 4 a )

Question:

Fig 2 show a C.I. bracket to carryof a shaft 

Answer:

8

view
Q 4a)(a)

Question:

Define the following w.r.to. I.C. engine.
i) Indicated power
ii) Brake power
iii) Volumetric efficiency
iv) BSFC

Answer:

(i) Indicated Power: The total power developed by combustion of fuel in the combustion chamber is called indicated power.

(ii) Brake Power: The power developed by an engine at the output shaft is called brake power.

(iii) Volumetric efficiency: It is defined as the ratio of the actual volume of the charge admitted into the cylinder to the swept volume of the piston is known as volumetric efficiency.

( iv) Brake specific fuel consumption: It is the mass of fuel consumed per kw developed per hour, and is a criterion of economical

4

view
Q 4a)(a)

Question:

State the four merits and demerits of using a rubber hose in pneumatic circuit.

Answer:

Merits: 1)Well equipped with quick connect or disconnect end fitting 2)Can be manufactured in long lengths 3)Capable of withstanding to very high pressures. 4)They can absorb very heavy shocks tha rigid tubes. Demerits: 1) Very poor in abrasion resistance 2) Poor in resisting whether condition. 3) Initial cost is very high 4) They can damage due to incompatible oil

4

view
Q 4a)(b)

Question:

List any four applications of pneumatic rotary actuator. Draw the symbol for variable speed bidirectional air motor.

Answer:

In all pneumatic power tools like screw drivers, angle grinders, straight grinders. To rotate conveyor belts in food industry. Power device in printing press machine Agitators and mixers Vibrators. symbol for variable speed bidirectional air motor

4

view
Q 4a)(b)

Question:

Explain the term swept volume (V s ) w.r.to.
i) I.C. engine
ii) Reciprocating air compressor

Answer:

(i)  Swept Volume (VS) w.r.t I.C.Engine: The volume swept through by the piston in moving between top dead centre and bottom dead centre is called swept volume or piston displacement. It is denoted by VS. It is equal to the area of the piston multiplied by its stroke length. Therefore, Swept Volume = π/4xD2 xL

Where D = bore of the cylinder in m, and

L = stroke length in m.

(ii) Swept Volume (VS) w.r.t. Reciprocating air compressor: It is the actual volume of air taken in during suction stroke. It is expressed in m3 . Swept volume when expressed in m3 /min, it is known as piston displacement.

4

view
Q 4a)(c)

Question:

What is the Function of Time Delay valve?

Answer:

Time delay valve function

Time delay valve function need:

Time delay valve function : In certain  applications like machining or press operation it is necessary that certain operation be delayed by some fraction even after pressing valve. This objective is achieved by Time delay valve.

Time delay valve function working:

Time delay valve is a combination valve used to set the operation time as per the requirement. The time delay can be increased or decreased by adjusting the flow through the non-return flow control valve. The change invariably increases or decreases the time taken to fill and pilot actuates the direction control valve. Time delay valve is a combination of a pneumatically actuated 3/2 direction control valve, an air reservoir and a throttle relief valve. The time delay function is obtained by controlling the air flow rate to or from the reservoir by using the throttle valve. Adjustment of throttle valve permits fine control of time delay between minimum and maximum times. In pneumatic time delay valves, typical time delays in the range 5-30 seconds are possible.

The time delay can be extended with the addition of external reservoir. Time delay valve, NC type. The constructions of an on-delay timer (NC) type in the normal and actuated are shown in Figure It can be seen that 3/2 DCV operates in the on delay mode permanently. But, in some designs, the valve can be operated in the off-delay mode by connecting the check valve in reverse direction. Time delay valve  is shown in diagram below.

Time delay valve function diagram:

Pneumatic time delay valve is used when time based sequencing is required. Construction and symbol of valve is shown in figure below. It is simply a 3/2 direction control valve, which is impulse operated from one side. Time delaying is achieved by delaying the impulse actuation. The valve has an in-built air reservoir and in-built non-return flow control valve. When impulse is applied to port “Z” for valve actuation, the air passes through needle control valve, which controls the rate of flow, further the valve spool is not actuated until the air reservoir is filled completely and pressure is built-up. (This time difference between impulse application at “Z” and actual spool actuation is the “delay”, which is adjustable through needle valve). This valve is found applicable in time based sequencing, which is common industrial application, e.g. clamping, indexing, feed motions etc.

 

ALTERNATE DIAGRAM

 

====================================================

Time delay valve function additional information and Diagrams are given below.

 

4

view
Q 4a)(c)

Question:

Draw a neat block diagram of “vapour compression cycle”. Show the direction of flow ofrefrigerant.

Answer:

Block diagram of Vapour Compression cycle :-

 

4

view
Q 4a)(d)

Question:

Draw speed control pneumatic circuit for bi-directional air motor.

Answer:

 

Fig. Speed control of bi-directional air motor Bi-directional air motor rotates in clockwise as well as anti-clockwise direction. The speed of bidirectional motor is controlled as shown in fig. The speed control of motor by using variable two flow control valves having built-in check valve and 4x3 DC valve having zero position or central hold position with lever L1 and L2. When lever L1 is operated, port P will be connected to port A of air motor and motor will start rotating in clockwise direction. Its speed can be controlled by using variable flow control valve F1. Port B of motor will be connected to exhaust R and air in motor will be exhausted through port R via DC valve. When lever L2 is operated, pressure port P will be connected to port B of motor and naturally motor will start rotating in anticlockwise direction. Port A will be connected to port R and air in the motor will be exhausted through port R via DC valve.

4

view
Q 4a)(d)

Question:

Explain w.r.to. dual cycle i) cutoff ratio ii) pressure ratio.

Answer:

Duel cycle:

 

4

view
Q 4 b )

Question:

Justify that slider crank mechanism is a modification of the basic four bar mechanism with neat sketch.

Answer:

Justification for a single slider crank mechanism is a modification of four bar chain mechanism is as given below. 1) Single slider mechanism has four kinematic links – crank, connecting rod, frame and slider and four bar mechanism has crank, coupler, frame and a follower. 2) A follower in four bar mechanism is replaced by a slider. 3) A four bar mechanism has 4 turning pairs and single slider crank mechanism has also four pairs, but one of the turning pairs is replaced by a sliding pairs. 4) A four bar mechanism rotary motion of the crank into oscillating motion of the follower whereas in single slider motion is converted in sliding motion of the piston

4

view
Q 4 b )

Question:

A helical compeersion imperssion speraing 

 

Answer:

8

view
Q 4b)(a)

Question:

Explain variable displacement axial piston pump with neat sketch.

Answer:

 

Fig. Variable displacement axial piston pump (Sketch 2 Marks and Explanation 2 Marks) Construction and Working: 1. It consists of swash plate which has angular surface with reference to the cylinder block axis. It is used to obtain reciprocating movement of pistons in the cylinder bores. 2. The two or more cylinders are mounted parallel to the axis of driving shaft, the piston rod ends are attached to the angular surface of swash plate with the help of shoe and shoe plate. 3. When driving shaft is rotated it will cause reciprocating movements of pistons in cylinders depending upon the angular surface movement with respect cylinder barrel. 4. It will cause suction of the oil in one cylinder while discharge of high pressure oil in another cylinder. This cycle is repeated for cylinders to give high pressure oil through discharge ports

6

view
Q 4b)(a)

Question:

What is meant by catalytic converter ? Briefly explain with the help of neat sketch.

Answer:

Catalytic converter:

 

harmless gases. Catalytic converter is used in exhaust emission in control system to convert CO, NOx, HC and other harmful gases to harmless gases. A Catalytic converter consists of a cylindrical unit of small size like a small silencer and is installed into the exhaust system of a vehicle. It is placed between the exhaust manifold and the silencer. Inside the cylindrical tube i.e. converter there is a honey comb structure of a ‘ceramic or metal’ which is coated with ‘alumina base’ material and there after a second coating of precious metals ‘platinum, palladium or rhodium’ or combination of the same. This second coating serves as a catalyst. A catalyst is a substance which causes a chemical reaction intro the gases. When the exhaust gases pass over the converter substance, the toxic gases as CO, HC & NOx are converted into harmless gases as CO2, H2 & N2. 

6

view
Q 4b)(b)

Question:

Explain working of counterbalance hydraulic circuit with neat diagram.

Answer:

Counterbalance valves are commonly used to counterbalance a weight or external force or counteract a weight such as a platen or a press and keep it from freefalling.Figure1.16 illustrates  the use of a counterbalance or back-pressure valve to keep a vertically mounted cylinder in the upward position while the pump idles, that is, when the DCV is in its center position. During the downward movement of the cylinder, the counterbalance valve is set to open at slightly above the pressure required to hold the piston up (a check valve does not permit flow in this direction). The control signal for the counterbalance valve can be obtained from the blank end or rod end of the cylinder. If derived from the rod end, the pressure setting of the counterbalance valve equals the ratio of the load to the annulus area of the piston. If derived from the blank end, the pressure setting equals the ratio of load to the area of piston. This pressure is less and hence usually it has to be derived from the blank end. This permits the cylinder to be forced downward when pressure is applied on the top. The check valve is used to lift the cylinder up as the counterbalance valve is closed in this direction. The directional control valve unloads the pump.

 

6

view
Q 4b)(b)

Question:

Draw superimposed p-v diagram of Otto cycle, Diesel cycle and Dual cycle to compare
their efficiencies for same compression ratio (R c ) and heat rejection (Q r ).

Answer:

Superimposed P-V Diagram of Otto, Diesel & Duel Cycle: A comparison of the cycles (Otto, Diesel and Dual) on the p-v and T-s diagrams for the same compression ratio and heat supplied is shown in the Fig. Since all the cycles reject their heat at the same specific volume, process line from state 4 to 1, the quantity of heat rejected from each cycle is represented by the appropriate area under the line 4 to 1 on the T-s diagram. As is evident from the cycle which has the least heat rejected will have the highest efficiency. Thus, Otto cycle is the most efficient and Diesel cycle is the least efficient of the three cycles

 

 

6

view
Q 4 c )

Question:

Compare flywheel and governor.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4 c )

Question:

Design of screw jack

 

Answer:

 

 

8

view
Q 4 d )

Question:

Explain with neat sketch construction and working of eddy current dynamometer.

Answer:

Eddy Current Dynamometer : It consists of a stator on which are fitted a number of electromagnets and a rotor disc made of copper or steel and coupled to the output shaft of the engine. When the rotor rotates, eddy currents are produced in the stator due to magnetic flux set up by the passage of field current in the electromagnets. These eddy currents oppose the motion of the rotor thus loading the engine. The eddy currents are dissipated in producing heat so that this type of dynamometer also requires some cooling arrangements. The torque is measured similar to absorption dynamometers i.e. with the help of moment arm. The load is controlled by regulating the current in the electromagnets.

4

view
Q 4 e )

Question:

A flat foot step bearing 225 mm in diameter supports a load of 7500 N. If the co-efficient of friction is 0.09 and the shaft rotates at 600 rpm, calculate the power lost in friction.

Answer:

Problem on Foot step bearing D = 225 mm = 0.225 m W = 7500 N µ = 0.09 N = 600 rpm ω = 2 π N / 60 =62.83 rad/sec Uniform pressure condition Frictional torque T = 2/3 µ W R = 50.625 Nm Power lost in friction = T x ω = 50.625 x 62.83 = 3180.8 W --------Ans Uniform wear condition Frictional torque T = 1/2 µ W R = 37.98 Nm Power lost in friction = T x ω = 37.98 x 62.83 = 2385.57 W -------- Ans

4

view
Q 4 f )

Question:

Four masses attached to a shaft and their respective radii of rotation are given as :
m 1 = 180 kg m 2 = 300 kg m 3 = 230 kg m 4 = 260 kg
r 1 = 0.2 m r 2 = 0.15 m r 3 = 0.25 m r 4 = 0.3 m
The angles between successive masses are 45, 75 and 135. Find the
position and magnitude of the balance mass required, it its radius of rotation is
0.2 m. The masses revolve in same plane.

Answer:

Given : m1 = 180 kg, m2 = 300 kg, m3 = 230 kg, m4 = 260 kg r1 = 0.2 m, r2 = 0.15 m, r3 = 0.25 m, r4 = 0.3 m ϴ1 = 45, ϴ2 = 75, ϴ = 135 The centrifugal forces are given by - m1r1 = 36, m2r2 = 45, m3r3 = 57.5, m4r4 = 78

 

 

 

From vector diagram the resultant force is at 60 to the mass m1 and is represented by ar ar = 12 kg m Therefore mb * rb = 12 kgm Balancing mass mb = 12/0.2 = 60 kg at an angle of 2400 with the direction of m1 mass

4

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

Parallel and transverse Weld

 

Answer:

 

8

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

List different types of pressure regulator valves ? Explain any one with neat sketch.

Answer:

Pressure-relief valve.Pressure-reducing valve. Unloading valve Counterbalance valve Pressure-sequence valve Brake valve.

Working: The compressed air pressure from FRL unit acts against the poppet (valve element) through inlet of pressure relief valve. When the force of air is greater than the spring force then poppet gets lifted from the valve seat and valve opens. Thus the excessive pressurized air will get release to the atmosphere through port R. (03 marks) OR Pressure regulation in pneumatics is vital for the correct operation of circuits and for damage prevention to circuit components. As you would imagine all pneumatic components have a maximum operating pressure. Types: A) According to no. of stages Single stage and two stage regulator B) According to pressure relief Non- relieving type and relieving type pressure regulator Non-relieving pressure regulator Non-relieving pressure regulators work by restricting flow rather then venting it should over pressure occur. The regulator restricts flow when the pressure gets too high because the pressure acts on the diaphragm forcing i t up against the spring pressure, the diaphragm has what is called a ‘poppet’ attached on the end of it which is drawn up with the diaphragm and restricts the passing air flow.

8

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

State the methods to improve efficiency of air compressor. Explain two stage air compressor with perfect intercooling with neat sketch.

Answer:

Following are the methods to improve efficiency of air compressor 1. Cooling cylinder by spraying water during compression stroke. 2. Circulation of water surrounding to cylinder by providing jackets 3. Installing inter cooler between two cylinders 4. Providing greater fins on cylinder 5. By selecting suitable material for cylinder 6. By providing suitable choice of cylinder proportions i.e. short stroke and large bore in construction with sleeve valve Two stage reciprocating air compressor :

 

Two stage reciprocating compressor

Multistage compression refers to the compression process completed in more than one stage i.e. a part of compression occurs in one cylinder ( L.P. cylinder) and subsequently compressed air is sent to subsequent cylinders ( H.P. cylinder) for further compression.  Figure shows the schematic of two stage compressor with intercooler between stages. The total work requirement for running this shall be algebraic summation of work required for low pressure (LP) and high pressure (HP) stages. The size of HP cylinder is smaller than LP cylinder as HP cylinder handles high pressure air having smaller specific volume. Intake temp of air at LP =intake temp of air at HP for perfect intercooling.

8

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

The crank of a slider crank mechanism rotates clockwise at a constant speed
of 300 rpm. The crank is 150 mm and the connecting rod is 600 mm long.
Determine :
(i)
linear velocity and acceleration of the mid-point of the connecting rod,
and
(ii)
angular velocity and angular acceleration of the connecting rod, at a
crank angle of 45 from inner dead centre position.

Answer:

 

 

Note: Since D is the midpoint of AB, therefore d' is also midpoint of vector b' a'. Join o' d'. The vector o' d' represents the acceleration of midpoint D of the connecting rod i.e. aD.

 

By measurement, we find that aD = vector o' d' = 117 m/s2

 

Given: Lift = 40 mm Rise = ¼ x 360 = 900 Fall =1/6 x 360 = 600 Dwell = 1/10 x 360 =360

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

Power Screw: Given Data

 

Answer:

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

Develop a pneumatic circuit for operation of two DA cylinders such that one operates after other using travel dependant sequencing.

Answer:

Answer: a pneumatic circuit for operation of two DA cylinders such that one operates after other using travel dependant sequencing as shown in fig.

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

State the applications of reciprocating compressor and rotary compressor (4 each).

Answer:

Applications of Reciprocating Compressor  1. In spray painting shop. 2. In workshop for cleaning machines. 3. For operation of pneumatic tool like rock drill, vibrator etc. 4. In automobile service station to clean vehicle. 5. To drive air motors in coal mines. 6. Food and beverage industry

Applications of Centrifugal Compressor  1. In gas turbines and auxiliary power units. 2. In automotive engine and diesel engine turbochargers and superchargers. 3. In pipeline compressors of natural gas to move the gas from the production site to the consumer. 4. In oil refineries, natural gas processing, petrochemical and chemical plants. 5. Air-conditioning and refrigeration and HVAC: Centrifugal compressors quite often supply the compression in water chillers cycles. 6. In air separation plants to manufacture purified end product gases. 7. In oil field re-injection of high pressure natural gas to improve oil recovery.

 

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

Draw the profile of a cam to raise a valve with S.H.M. through 40 mm in
of revolution, keep it fully raised through 1/10
th
1 th
4
revolution and to lower it
with uniform acceleration and retardation in 1/6 th revolution. The valve
remains closed during the rest of the revolution. The diameter of roller is
20 mm and minimum radius of cam to be 30 mm. The axis of the valve rod
passes through the axis of cam shaft.

Answer:

Fig shows a displacement diagram and a cam profile for the roller follower.

 

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

Hollow shaft:

 

Answer:

 

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

Explain pneumatic impulse circuit with neat sketch.

Answer:

Figure 1 shows a symbol circuit of an impulse-valve controlled double acting pneumatic cylinder (A). The position of the impulse-valve (3), which is controlled by the start/stop-valve (1) and the end position valve (2), determines if the cylinder piston shall make a positive stroke and negative stroke. Positive piston stroke is initiated by manual activation of the start valve (1). Negative piston stroking takes place when valve (2) is activated by the cylinder rod at the position a1.

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

List out different pollutants in exhaust gases of petrol and diesel engine ? Briefly explain theireffects on human beings and environments (atleast four).

Answer:

The major air pollutants emitted by petrol & diesel engines are CO2, CO, HC, NOx, SO2, smoke & lead vapour.

Effect of CO:  Carbon monoxide combines with hemoglobin forming carboy 

hemoglobin ,which reduces oxygen carrying capacity of blood.  This leads to laziness, exhaustion of body & headache.  Prolong exposure can even leads to death.  It also affects cardiovascular system, thereby causing heart problem Effect of CO2: Causes respiratory disorder & suffocation.

Effect of NOx: It causes respiration irritation, headache, bronchitis, pulmonary emphysema, impairment of lungs, and loss of appetite & corrosion of teeth to human body.

Effect of HC: • It has effect like reduced visibility, eye irritation, peculiar odour & damage to vegetation & acceleration the cracking of rubber products. • It induce cancer, affect DNA & cell growth are know a carcinogens.

Effect of SO2: It is toxic & corrosive gas, human respiratory track of animals, plants & crops.

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

Two pulley, one 450 mm diameter and the other 200 mm diameter are on
parallel shafts 1.95 m apart and are connected by a crossed belt. Find the
length of the belt required and the angle of contact between the belt and each
pulley.
What power can be transmitted by the belt when the larger pulley rotates at
200 rpm, if the maximum permissible tension in the belt is 1 kN and the
co-efficient of friction between the belt and pulley is 0.25 ?

Answer:

8

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

Effect of Keyway on strength of shaft

Answer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

State at least four advantages and disadvantages of pneumatic systems.

Answer:

Pneumatic system Advantages Disadvantages

Pneumatic system Advantages Disadvantages are given in details below.

Pneumatic system Advantages

1) Infinite availability of the source

Air being freely and easily available everywhere there is no scarcity of the source. Just need some filtration for its use in the pneumatic system. As compared to the Hydraulic oil it is very cheap.

2) Safe and clean

As compared to hydraulic and other systems air is very safe and clean in operation. Food industry, pharmaceuticals industry ect. prefer pneumatic system over other because leakage of air doesn't causes any issues. The system is relatively clean , no dirt accumulates due to oil leakage like in hydraulic system.

3) Less Operating and Maintenance cost

Pneumatic system operates with very less resources and is easy to maintain.

4) The transfer of power and the speed is very easy to set up .

The speed and power is controlled by pressure and flow of air, which can be easily controlled by knobbed controls. Just varying the pressure changes the force and varying air flow changes the speed of the actuator.

5) Can be stored and Easy utilized .

Compressed air can be easily stored in a reservoir tank. It retains its pressure over long time. Also it is harmless even it leakages.

Pneumatic System Disadvantages

1) Requires installation of air-producing equipment

Every pneumatic system needs constent supply of compressed air, which is produced by a compressor.

2) Can easily leak

Leakage of air is one of the main issue in pneumatic system. Air can easily leak from the joints and threadings.

3) Potential noise

Exhausting air produces large noise as compared to other power transmitting systems.

4) Low operating pressure

As compared to Hydraulic system where the pressure above 500 bar is possible to produce, pneumatic system max pressure is limited in most cases to 10-20 bar. Hence very heavy work can not be done with pneumatic system.

4

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

Explain the following terms :- i) Daltons law of partial pressures  ii) Relative humidity

Answer:

4

view
Q 6a)(i)

Question:

State types of gear train and explain any one.

Answer:

i) Types of gear trains 1) Simple gear train 2) Compound gear train 2) Epicyclic gear train 4) Inverted gear train Simple gear train. When there is only one gear on each shaft, it is known as simple gear train. The gears are represented by their pitch circles. When the distance between the two shafts is small, the two gears are made to mesh with each other to transmit motion from one shaft to the other Epicyclic gear train: A simple epicyclic gear train is shown in Fig. where a gear A and the arm C have a common axis at O1about which they can rotate. The gear B meshes with gear A and has its axis on the arm at O2, about which the gear B can rotate. If the arm is fixed, the gear train is simple and gear A can drive gear B or vice- versa, but if gear A is fixed and the arm is rotated about the

axis of gear A (i.e. O1), then the gear B is forced to rotate upon and around gear A. Such a motion is called epicyclic and the gear trains arranged in such a manner that one or more of their members move upon and around another member are known as epicyclic gear trains.

Compound Gear Train When there are more than one gear on a shaft, it is called a compound train of gear. Whenever the distance between the driver and the driven or follower has to be bridged over by intermediate gears and at the same time a great (or much less) speed ratio is required, then the advantage of intermediate gears is intensified by providing compound gears on intermediate shafts

 

Reverted Gear Train When the axes of the first gear (i.e. first driver) and the last gear (i.e. last driven or follower) are co-axial, then the gear train is known as reverted gear train. We see that gear 1 (i.e. first driver) drives the gear 2 (i.e. first driven or follower) in the opposite direction.

 

 

8

view
Q 6a)(ii)

Question:

Draw turning moment diagram for single cylinder four stroke I.C.
Engine.

Answer:

ii) Turning Moment Diagram:

 

 

8

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

Draw symbol of unloading valve and sequence valve.

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

Sketch a psychrometric chart and show the following properties of air on it. i) DBT lines ii) WBT lines iii) Specific volume lines iv) Relative humidity lines

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

A simple band brake is operated by lever 40 cm long. The brake drum
diameter is 40 cm and brake band embrance 5/8 of its circumference. One end
of band is attached to a fulcrum of lever while other end attached to pin 8 cm
from fulcrum. The co-efficient of friction is 0.25. The effort applied at the end
of lever is 500 N. Find braking torque applied if drum rotates anti-clockwise
and acts downwards.

Answer:

Simple band brake:

 

Given: Length of lever l = 40 cm = 0.4m, diameter d = 40 cm = 0.4, µ = 0.25, b =0 .08 m ϴ = Angle of wrap = 5/8 x 360 = 225 x π /180 = 3.93 rad Braking torque = (T1 –T2) x r T1/T2 = e µϴ = e 0.25 x 3.93 = 2.67 Taking moments about fulcrum P x l = b x T1 500 x 0.40 = 0.08 x T1 T1 = 2500 N T2 = 2500 / 2.67 = 936.3 N Braking Torque = (2500 – 936.3) x 0.2 = 312.74 N-m

8

view
Q 6b)(i)

Question:

Identyfiy the metrial and its compotion

A) X10Cr 18 Ni9 Mo 4 Si 2

B) XT72W18Cr4V1:

 

Answer:

A) X10Cr 18 Ni9 Mo 4 Si 2 : High Alloy steel having carbon 0.10% , chromium 18%, nickel 9 % ,Molybdenum 4% & silicon 2% B) XT72W18Cr4V1: high speed tool steel having carbon 0.72% ,chromium 4% , tungsten 18% , vanadium 1% 

8

view
Q 6b)(ii)

Question:

Design consideration while designing the spur Gear

Answer:

1) The power to be transmitted 2) The velocity ration or speed of gear drive. 3) The central distance between the two shafts 4) Input speed of the driving gear. 5) Wear characteristics of the gear tooth for a long satisfactory life. 6) The use of space & material should be economical. 7) Efficiency & speed ratio 8) Cost

8

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

Enlist the hydraulic oil manufacturer’s in India.

Answer:

Castrol-Shell-Indian oil

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

Draw only a neat labelled sketch of window air-conditioner.

Answer:

Sketch of window air conditioner

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

A single plate clutch, effective on both sides, is required to transmit 25 kW at
3000 rpm. Determine the outer and inner radii of frictional surface, if the
co-efficient of friction is 0.255 the ratio of radii is 1.25 and the maximum
pressure is not to exceed 0.1 N/mm 2 . Also determine the axial thrust to be
provided by springs. Assume the theory of uniform wear.

Answer:

 

8

view
Q 6c)(i)

Question:

State any four area of Application of spring:

Answer:

1) To cushion, absorb or control energy to external load : Car springs, Railway buffers 2) To store Energy : Watches Toys 3) To Measure forces : Spring Balances, Gauges ,Engines 4) To provide clamping force in Jigs & fixtures. 5) To apply forces as in brakes, clutches & spring loaded valve.

4

view
Q 6c)(ii)

Question:

State of the Classification of shaft coupling :

Answer:

8

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

Enlist applications of hydraulic system.

Answer:

1 Industrial: Plastic processing machineries, steel making and primary metal extraction applications, automated production lines, machine tool industries, paper industries, loaders, crushes, textile machineries, R & D equipment and robotic systems etc. 2 Mobile hydraulics: Tractors, irrigation system, earthmoving equipment, material handling equipment, commercial vehicles, tunnel boring equipment, rail equipment, building and

construction machineries and drilling rigs etc. 3 Automobiles: It is used in the systems like breaks, shock absorbers, steering system, wind shield, lift and cleaning etc. 4 Marine applications: It mostly covers ocean going vessels, fishing boats and navel equipment. 5 Aerospace equipment: There are equipment and systems used for rudder control, landing gear, breaks, flight control and transmission etc. which are used in airplanes, rockets and spaceships. Any four applications

4

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

Enlist different uses of compressed air.

Answer:

Following are the applications of compressed air

1) To drive air motors in coal mines.

2) To inject fuel in air injection diesel engines.

3) To operate pneumatic drills, hammers, hoists, sand blasters.

4) For cleaning purposes.

5) To cool large buildings.

6) In the processing of food and farm maintenance.

7) For spray painting in paint industry.

8) In automobile & railway braking systems.

9) To operate air tools like air guns.

10) To hold & index cutting tools on machines like milling

4

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

Explain pneumatic circuit for speed control of single acting cylinder with neat sketch.

Answer:

 

Pneumatic cylinders can be directly controlled by actuation of final directional control valve as shown in fig. These valves can be controlled manually or electrically. This circuit can be used for small cylinders as well as cylinders which operates at low speeds where the flow rate requirements are less. When the directional control valve is actuated by push button, the valve switches over to the open position, communicating working source to the cylinder volume. This results in the forward motion of the piston. When the push button is released, the reset spring of the valve restores the valve to the initial position [closed]. The cylinder space is connected to exhaust port there by piston retracts either due to spring or supply pressure applied from the other port.

4

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

State the applications of gas turbine (any four).

Answer:

Following are the applications of gas turbine

1. It is used for electric power generation.

2. It is used for locomotive propulsion.

3. It is used for ship propulsion.

4. Gas turbine is used in aircrafts.

5. It is used for supercharging for heavy duty Diesel engines.

6. Used in turbo jet and turbo-propeller engine.

7. It is used for various industrial purpose such as in steel industry, oil and other chemical industry.

4

view
Examination: 2016 SUMMER
Que.No Question/Problem marks Link
Q a)(ii)

Question:

Explain single cylinder 4-stroke I.C. engine using turning moment diagram.

Answer:

A turning moment diagram for a four stroke cycle internal combustion engine, we know that in a four stroke cycle internal combustion engine, there is one working stroke after a crank has turned through two revolution i.e.7200 . Since the pressure inside the engine cylinder is less than the atmospheric pressure during suction stroke therefore a negative loop is formed. During the compression stroke, the work is done on gases, therefore a higher negative loop is obtained.

During the expansion or working stroke, the fuel burns and the gases expand, therefore a positive loop is obtained. In this stroke the work done is by the gases. During exhaust stroke, the work is done on the gases, therefore negative loop is formed. It may be noted that effect of inertia forces on the piston is taken is account.

4

view
Q 1a)(a)

Question:

Represent ‘Brayton Cycle’ on P-V and T-S diagram.

Answer:

4

view
Q 1a)(b)

Question:

Define following terms w.r.t. air compressor. i) FAD ii) Compression ratio.

Answer:

i) FAD – It is the volume of air delivered under the intake conditions of temperature and pressure.  ii) Compression ratio – It is defined as the ratio of absolute discharge pressure to the absolute inlet pressure.

4

view
Q 1a)(c)

Question:

Enlist different uses of compressed air.

Answer:

1) To drive air motors in coal mines. 2) To inject fuel in air injection diesel engines. 3) To operate pneumatic drills, hammers, hoists, sand blasters. 4) For cleaning purposes. 5) To cool large buildings. 6) In the processing of food and farm maintenance. 7) For spray painting in paint industry. 8) In automobile & railway braking systems. 9) To operate air tools like air guns. 10) To hold & index cutting tools on machines like milling.

4

view
Q 1a)(d)

Question:

Draw ‘Valve timing diagram for 4-stroke cycle diesel engine.

Answer:

4

view
Q 1a)(i)

Question:

Enlist the types of constrained motion. Draw a label sketch of any one

Answer:

Types of constrained motion:
(i)Completely constrained motion.
(ii)Incompletely constrained motion.
(iii)Successfully constrained motion.

2

view
Q 1a)(ii)

Question:

Define (i) Pressure angle (ii) Pitch point related to cam.

Answer:

(i) Pressure angle: It is the angle between the direction of the follower motion and a normal to  the pitch curve. This angle is very important in designing a cam profile. If the pressure angel is too large, a reciprocating follower will jam in its bearing.
(ii) Pitch point: It is point on pitch curve having the maximum pressure angle.

2

view
Q 1a)(iii)

Question:

How are drives classified?

Answer:

Classification of drives:
(i) Belt drives.
(ii) Chain drives.
(iii) Rope.
(iv) Gear drives.

2

view
Q 1a)(iv)

Question:

Define:
(i) Coefficient of fluctuation of speed.
(ii) Coefficient of fluctuation of energy.

Answer:

(i) Coefficient of fluctuation of speed: Coefficient of fluctuation of speed is defined as the  ratio of the maximum fluctuation of speed to the mean speed. It is denoted by C s.
Mathematically,
C s = (N 1 – N 2 ) /N
Where, N 1 = maximum speed in rpm;

N 2 =minimum speed in rpm; N = mean speed in rpm

 

(ii) Coefficient of fluctuation of energy: Coefficient of fluctuation of energy may be defined as the ratio of the maximum fluctuation of energy to the work done per cycle. It is denoted by Ce.
Mathematically,
Ce = Maximum fluctuation of energy/ Work done per cycle.

2

view
Q 1a)(v)

Question:

Write any two disadvantages of chain drive.

Answer:

Disadvantages of chain drives:
1. Manufacturing cost of chains is relatively high.
2. The chain drive needs accurate mounting and careful maintenance.
3. High velocity fluctuations especially when unduly stretched.
4. Chain operations are noisy as compared to belts.

2

view
Q 1a)(vi)

Question:

Draw line diagram of porter governor

Answer:

2

view
Q 1a)(vii)

Question:

State the application of (i) Disc brake (ii) Internal expanding brake

Answer:

(i) Disc brake: Used in two wheelers as well as in four wheelers.
(ii) Internal expanding brake: Used in motor cars, light trucks, two wheelers etc.

2

view
Q 1a)(viii)

Question:

Why is balancing of rotating parts necessary for high speed engines?

Answer:

The high speed of engines and other machines is a common phenomenon now-a-days. It
is, therefore, very essential that all the rotating and reciprocating parts should be completely
balanced as far as possible. If these parts are not properly balanced, the dynamic forces are set
up. These forces not only increase the loads on bearings and stresses in the various members, but
also produce unpleasant and even dangerous vibrations. The balancing of unbalanced forces is
caused by rotating masses, in order to minimize pressure on the main bearings when an engine is
running.

2

view
Q 1b)(a)

Question:

Explain in brief, how ‘Morse test’ is carried out ?

Answer:

First engine is allowed to run at constant speed and brake power of engine is measured when all four cylinder working. (IP1 + IP2 + IP3 + IP4) = (BP) 1234 + (FP) 1234  Where, IP- indicated power. BP – brake power develop. FP – frictional power.

6

view
Q 1b)(b)

Question:

Explain with neat sketch the constructional features of ‘Three Way Catalytic Converter’.

Answer:

 

- Three way convertor uses thin coating of platinum, palladium and rhodium over a support metal (generally alumina) & acts on all three major constituents of exhaust gas pollution i. e. hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide & oxides of nitrogen, oxidizing these to water, carbon dioxide & free hydrogen & nitrogen respectively. - It operates in two stages, the first convertor stage uses rhodium to reduce the NO2 in the exhaust into nitrogen & oxygen. In second stage convertor platinum or palladium acts as oxidation catalyst to change HC & CO into harmless water & CO2. - For supplying the oxygen required in the second stage air is fed into the exhaust after the first stage. - Reactions within catalyst produce additional heat that reaches temperature of 900oC, which is required for the catalytic converter to operate at complete efficiency. To safeguard from this high temperature, the catalytic converter is made of stainless steel &special heat shields are also used.

6

view
Q 1b)(i)

Question:

State inversions of double slider crank chain. Explain Oldham's coupling with neat sketch

Answer:

Inversions of double slider crank chain:
i.Scotch Yoke mechanism.
ii.Oldham’s coupling.
iii. Elliptical trammel.

Oldham’s coupling:
An Oldham’s coupling is used for connecting two parallel shafts whose axes are at a
small distance apart. The shafts are coupled in such a way that if one shaft rotates, the other shaft
also rotates at the same speed. This inversion is obtained by fixing the link 2, as shown in Fig.
The shafts to be connected have two flanges (link 1 and link 3) rigidly fastened at their ends by
forging. The link 1 and link 3 form turning pairs with link 2. These flanges have diametrical slots
cut in their inner faces, as shown in Fig. The intermediate piece (link 4) which is a circular disc,
have two tongues (i.e. diametrical projections) T1 and T2 on each face at right angles to each
other. The tongues on the link 4 closely fit into the slots in the two flanges (link 1 and link 3).
The link 4 can slide or reciprocate in the slots in the flanges.

When the driving shaft A is rotated, the flange C (link 1) causes the intermediate piece
(link 4) to rotate at the same angle through\ which the flange has rotated, and it further rotates the
flange D (link 3) at the same angle and thus the shaft B rotates. Hence links 1, 3 and 4 have the
same angular velocity at every instant. A little consideration will show that there is a sliding
motion between the link 4 and each of the other links 1 and 3.

4

view
Q 1b)(ii)

Question:

Explain: (i) Uniform pressure theory. (ii) Uniform wear theory in clutches and bearing.

Answer:

(i) Uniform pressure theory:
 When the mating component in clutch, bearing are new, then the contact between
surfaces may be good over the whole surface.
It means that the pressure over the rubbing surfaces is uniform distributed.
 This condition is not valid for old clutches, bearings because mating surfaces may
have uneven friction.
The condition assumes that intensity of pressure is same.
P = W/A =Constant; where, W= load, A= area
(ii) Uniform wear theory in clutches and bearings:

When clutch, bearing become old after being used for a given period, then all
parts of the rubbing surfaces will not move with the same velocity.
The velocity of rubbing surface increases with the distance from the axis of the
rotating element.
It means that wear may be different at different radii and rate of wear depends
upon the intensity of pressure (P) and the velocity of rubbing surfaces (V).
 It is assumed that the rate of wear is proportional to the product of intensity of
pressure and velocity of rubbing surfaces.
This condition assumes that rate of wear is uniform;
P*r = Constant; where, P = intensity of pressure, r = radius of rotation.

4

view
Q 1b)(ii)

Question:

The shaft running at 125 r.p.m. transmits 440 kW. Find the diameter of shaft (d) if allowable shear stress in shaft material is 55 N/mm2 and the angle of twist must not be more than 1 on a length of 16(d). The modulus of rigidity G = 0.80  105 N/mm

Answer:

 

 

6

view
Q 1b)(iii)

Question:

Compare cross belt drive and open belt drive on the basis of:

(i) Velocity ratio.

(ii) Direction of driven pulley.

(iii) Length of belt drives

(iv) Application.

Answer:

 

4

view
Q 1b)(l)

Question:

What is stress concentration ? State the remedial measures to control the effect of stress concentration with neat sketches

Answer:

i. Stress Concentration: Whenever a machine component changes the shape of its cross-section, the simple stress distribution no longer holds good and the neighborhood of the discontinuity is different. This irregularity in the stress distribution caused by abrupt changes of form is called stress concentration. It occurs for all kinds of stresses in the presence of fillets, notches, holes, keyways, splines, surface roughness or scratches etc.

 

The presence of stresses concentration cannot be totally eliminated but it can be reduced, so following are the remedial measures to control the effects of stress concentration. 1. Provide additional notches and holes in tension members as shown in fig (a) a)Use of multiple notches. b)Drilling additional holes as shown in fig(b) 2. Fillet radius, undercutting and notch for member in bending. 3. Reduction of stress concentration in threaded members as shown in fig(c) 4. Provide taper cross-section to the sharp corner of member as shown in fig(d)

 

 

 

6

view
Q 1 i )

Question:

Draw stress-strain diagram for ductile material stating salient points

Answer:

Stress-Strain diagram for ductile material stating salient points (1 Mark for diagram, 3 Marks for description)

.

 

Proportional limit (A): The stress is proportional to strain. Beyond point A, the curve slightly deviates from the straight line. It is thus obvious, that Hooke's law holds good up to point A and it is known as Proportional limit.

Elastic limit (B): If the load is increase between point A and B, the body will regain its original shape when load is removed; it means body possesses elasticity up to point B, known as Elastic Limit. Upper yield point (C): If the material is stressed beyond point B, the plastic stage will reach and the material will start yielding known as Upper Yield Point. Lower yield point (D): Further addition of small load drops the stress-strain diagram to point D, as soon as the yielding start, this point ‘D’ is known as Lower yield point. Ultimate stress point (E): After the end of yielding, if the load is increase beyond point ‘D’, there is increase in stresses up to point E and thus maximum value of stresses at point ‘E’ is called as Ultimate Stress point. Breaking Stress point (F): After the specimen has reached the ultimate stress, a neck is formed, which decreases the cross-sectional area of the specimen. The stress corresponding to point F is known as Breaking stress.

4

view
Q 1 ii )

Question:

Write the design procedure for turn buckle. (Any four steps)

Answer:

Write any four equation s in the design of turn buckle with relevant sketches

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

view
Q 1 iii )

Question:

State any four factors to be considered while selecting the coupling.

Answer:

Following factors should be consider while selecting coupling 1) Cyclic operation 2) Duration or life 3) Misalignment of shafts 4) Required torque and desired speed 5) Direction of rotation 6) Protection against overload 7) Operating conditions

 

4

view
Q 1 iv )

Question:

Why square threads are preferred over V-thread for power transmission ?

Answer:

. Square threads are preferred over V-thread for power transmission because of following points.  1) Square thread has the greatest efficiency as its profile angle is zero. 2) It produces minimum bursting pressure on the nut. 3) It has more transmission efficiency due to less friction. 4) It transmits power without any side thrust in either direction. 5) It is more smooth and noiseless operation.

4

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

 It is desired to compress 15 m3 of air per minute from 1.0132 bar to 10 bar. Calculate minimum power required to drive the compressor having two stages and compared it the power required for single stage compression. Assume value of index for compression process to be 1.3 for both cases also assume the condition for maximum efficiency

Answer:

8

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Draw a labeled sketch of quick return mechanism of shaper and explain its working?

Answer:

Quick return mechanism

Quick return mechanism : Crank and slotted lever quick return motion mechanism. This quick return mechanism is mostly used in shaping machines, slotting machines and in rotary internal combustion engines. In this quick return mechanism, the link AC (i.e. link 3) forming the turning pair is fixed, as shown in fig. The link 3 corresponds to the connecting rod of a reciprocating steam engine. The driving crank CB revolves with uniform angular speed about the fixed centre C. A sliding block attached to the crank pin at B slides along the slotted bar AP and thus causes AP to oscillate about the pivoted point A. A short link PR transmits the motion from AP to the ram which carries the tool and reciprocates along the line of stroke R1R2. The line of stroke of the ram (i.e. R1R2) is perpendicular to AC produced.

 

n the extreme positions, AP1 and AP2 are tangential to the circle and the cutting tool is at the end of the stroke. The forward or cutting stroke occurs when the crank rotates from the position CB1 to CB2 (or through an angle β) in the clockwise direction. The return stroke occurs when the crank rotates from the position CB2 to CB1 (or through angle α) in the clockwise direction. Since the crank has uniform angular speed,

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Quick return mechanism Alternate answer :

 

Links -

1.Slider

2. Crank

3.Frame

4.Slotted Lever

4

view
Q 2a)(i)

Question:

 State any four factors that govern ‘factor of safety’.

Answer:

a. Reliability of applied load. b. The extent of simplifying assumptions. c. The certainty as to exact mode of failure. d. Reliability of properties of material and change in these properties during service. e. Extent of stress concentration. f. The reliability of test results to actual machine parts. g. The extent of initial stresses set up during manufacturing. h. The extent of loss of life, if failure occurs.

8

view
Q 2a)(ii)

Question:

Why taper is provided on cotter ? State recommended values of taper.

Answer:

a. When cotter is driven through the slots, it fit, fight due to wedge action. This ensures tightness of joint in operation and present loosening of the parts. b. Due to taper, it is easy to remove the cotter and dismantle the joint. The normal value of taper varies from 1 in 48 to 01 in 24 and it may increase to 1 in 8

8

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

Represent following processes on Psychrometric chart. i) Heating with humidification ii) Sensible heating. iii) Sensible cooling iv) Evaporative cooling.

Answer:

8

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

What are the types of kinematic pair ? Give its examples.

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

Draw neat sketch showing the details of cotter joint. State strength equations for each component with suitable failure cross-sectional area.

Answer:

 

It consist of 3 elements i. Socket ii. Spigot iii. Cotter Where, d= End diameter of rodd1= Diameter of spigot/ID of socket d2= Diameter of spigot collar D1= Outer diameter of socket D2= Diameter of socket collar C=Thickness of socket collar t1= Thickness of spigot collar t= thickness of cotter b= Mean width of cotter a= Distance of end of slot to the end of spigot P= Axial tensile/compressive force σt, σc, τ= Permissible tensile, compressive, shear stress for the component material

 

8

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

Following observations were made during a trial on 4-stroke, single cylinder engine running at 240 rpm having brake wheel diameter 1.5 meter. Duration of trial 30 min. Fuel consumption 6 liter C.V. of fuel 42000 kJ/kg Sp. gravity 0.8 IMEP 550 kPa Brake load 150 kg Spring balance reading 15 kg Cylinder diameter 30 cm Stroke length 45 cm Jacket cooling water 11 kg/min Temp. rise in jacket water 36°C Determine : i) I.P. and B.P. ii) Heat balance sheet on percentage basis.

Answer:

8

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

Define linear velocity, angular velocity, absolute velocity and state the relation between linear velocity and angular velocity.

Answer:

Linear Velocity: It may be defined as the rate of change of linear displacement of a body with respect to the time. Since velocity is always expressed in a particular direction, therefore it is a vector quantity. Mathematically, linear velocity, v = ds/dt

Angular Velocity: It may be defined as the rate of change of angular displacement with respect to time. It is usually expressed by a Greek letter ɷ (omega). Mathematically, angular velocity, ɷ = dƟ /dt

Absolute Velocity: It is defined as the velocity of any point on a kinematic link with respect to fixed point. Relation between v and ɷ: V = r. ɷ Where V = Linear velocity. ɷ = angular velocity. r = radius of rotation.

4

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

A belt pulley is fastened to a 90 mm diameter shaft running at 300 r.p.m. by means of a key 20 mm wide and 140 mm long. Allowable stress for the shaft and key material are 40 N/mm2 in shear and 100 N/mm2 in crushing. Find the power transmitted and the depth of the key required.

Answer:

 

8

view
Q 2 d )

Question:

Explain the Klein's construction to determine velocity and acceleration of single slider crank mechanism.

Answer:

We have already discussed that the velocity diagram for given configuration is a triangle OCP as shown in Fig. If this triangle is rotated through 90°, it will be a triangle oc1 p1, in which oc1 represents VCO (i.e. velocity of C with respect to O or velocity of crank pin C) and is parallel to OC, op1 represents VPO (i.e. velocity of P with respect to O or velocity of cross-head or piston P) and is perpendicular to OP, and c1p1 represents VPC (i.e. velocity of P with respect to C) and is parallel to CP. A little consideration will show that the triangles oc1p1 and OCM are similar. Therefore,

Thus, we see that by drawing the Klein’s velocity diagram, the velocities of various points may be obtained without drawing a separate velocity diagram. Klien’s acceleration diagram: The Klien’s acceleration diagram is drawn as discussed below: 1. First of all, draw a circle with C as centre and CM as radius. 2. Draw another circle with PC as diameter. Let this circle intersect the previous circle at K and L. 3. Join KL and produce it to intersect PO at N. Let KL intersect PC at Q. This forms the quadrilateral CQNO, which is known as Klien’s acceleration diagram. We have already discussed that the acceleration diagram for the given configuration is as shown in Fig. We know that (i) o'c' represents CO ar (i.e. radial component of the acceleration of crank pin C with respect to O ) and is parallel to CO; (ii) c'x represents PC ar (i.e. radial component of the acceleration of crosshead or piston P with respect to crank pin C) and is parallel to CP or CQ; (iii) xp' represents PC at (i.e. tangential component of the acceleration of P with respect to C ) and is parallel to QN (because QN is perpendicular to CQ); and (iv) o'p' represents aPO (i.e. acceleration of P with respect to O or the acceleration of piston P) and is parallel to PO or NO. A little consideration will show that the quadrilateral o'c'x p' is similar to quadrilateral CQNO . Therefore,

4

view
Q 2 e )

Question:

 Draw neat sketch of radial cam with follower and show on it  (i) Base circle. (ii) Pitch point. (iii) Prime Circle. (iv) Cam profile

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 f )

Question:

A shaft runs at 80 rpm & drives another shaft at 150 rpm through belt drive. The diameter of the driving pulley is 600 mm. Determine the diameter of the driven pulley in the following cases: (i) Taking belt thickness as 5 mm. (ii) Assuming for belt thickness 5 mm and total slip of 4%.

Answer:

Ans.: Given data; N1 = 80 rpm. N2 =150 rpm. D1= 600 mm. S = 4 % To find; D2 =?;

(i) Case I: Taking t = 5 mm. Velocity ratio, (V.R.) N2/N1 = (D1 + t)/ (D2 + t)

150/80 = (600 + 5)/ (D2 + 5)

Therefore, diameter of driven pulley D2 = 317.66 mm ~ 318mm

(ii) Case II: Assuming for belt thickness 5 mm and total slip of 4%. Velocity ratio, (V.R.) N2/N1 = {(D1 + t)/ (D2 + t)} × {1- (S/100)}

 150/80 = {(600 + 5) / (D2 + 5)} × {1- (4/100)

Therefore, diameter of driven pulley D2 = 304.76 mm ~ 305 mm

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

In a slider-crank mechanism, the crank is 480 mm long and rotates at 20 rad/sec in the counter-clockwise direction. The length of the connecting rod is 1600 mm. when the crank turns 60 from the inner-dead centre. Determine the velocity of the slider by relative velocity method.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

State any four advantages of standardization.

Answer:

i. It saves effort of design of engineers to design and manufacture new machines, as standard components are readily designed by experts. ii. It ensures certain minimum specified quality. iii. It help in manufacturing the components on mass production. iv. Easy and quick replacement of the components is possible. v. Interchangeability of components is possible. vi. It helps in manufacturing the components quickly and economically. vii. Effective utilization of resources. viii. It also contributes to ensure the safety

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

Draw a neat sketch of bell crank lever. Enlist steps in designing the bell crank lever

Answer:

 

 

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

Classify gas turbine on the basis of i) working cycle ii) application iii) cycle of operation iv) fuel used

Answer:

1. On the basis of combustion process a) Constant pressure type b) Constant volume or explosion type 2. On the basis of path of working substance a) Open cycle gas turbine b) Closed cycle gas turbine 3. On the basis of action of expanding gases a) Impulse gas turbine b) Impulse reaction gas turbine 4. On the basis of direction of flow a) Axial flow b) Radial flow

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

In a slider crank mechanism, crank AB = 20 mm & connecting rod BC = 80 mm. Crank AB rotates with uniform speed of 1000 rpm in anticlockwise direction.

Find (i) Angular velocity of connecting rod BC

(ii) Velocity of slider C. When crank AB makes an angle of 60 degrees with the horizontal.

Draw the configuration diagram also.

Use analytical method.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

Prove that, for a square key, the permissible crushing stress is twice the permissible shear stress.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

Enlist the four effects of subcooling on the performance of V.C.C. refrigeration cycle.

Answer:

The process of cooling refrigerant below condensing temperature for a given pressure is known as sub cooling. -Due to sub cooling the refrigerating effect increases or for same refrigerating effect the circulation rate refrigerant decreases and therefore COP of system increases. Thus sub cooling is desirable & is done to increase refrigerating effect & COP of system

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

Explain epicyclic gear train with neat sketch.

Answer:

In case of Epicyclic Gear train, the axis of shafts on which gears are mounted may have a relative motion between them, unlike other gear trains. This gives advantage that, very high or low velocity ratio can be obtained compared to simple and compound gear trains; in the small space. In above sketch, if gears A and B are rotating and arm RS is fixed, then it behaves like simple gear train. However, when Arm C rotates and gear A is fixed, then train becomes epicyclic. It is also known as planetary gear train. Applications- Differential gears of the automobiles, back gear of lathe, hoists, pulley blocks

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Why a coupling should be placed as close to a bearing as possible

Answer:

Coupling should be placed as close to a bearing because of following reasons i. It gives minimum vibrations ii. Bending load on the shaft can be minimized iii. It increases power transmission stability. iv. To avoid deflections of shaft.

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Draw a labelled sketch of multiplate clutch and state its applications.

Answer:

Applications- Automobiles like scooters, motorcycles, textile and paper industries, machine tools

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

What is ‘Scavenging’ ? List any two types of ‘scavenging’.

Answer:

Scavenging: At the end of expansion stroke the combustion chambers of a two stroke engine is left full of products of combustion. This is because unlike four stroke engines, there is no exhaust stroke available to clear the cylinder of burnt gases in two stroke engine the process of clearing the cylinder after the expansion stroke is called scavenging process. The scavenging systems are as follows : 1. Uniform scavenging system 2. Cross scavenging system 3. Loop or reverse scavenging system

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

Describe ‘bolt of uniform strength’ with neat sketch

Answer:

When an ordinary bolt of uniform diameter is subjected to shock load stress concentration across at the weakest part of the bolt i.e. threaded portion (as shown in figure a), it means that greater portion of energy will be absorbed at the region of threaded part and it may cause the failure of threaded portion

 

There are two methods to achieve bolts of uniform strength i. Turn down shank diameter of bolt equal or lesser than the core diameter of thread (dc) as shown in figure (b) and it gives bolt of uniform strength. ii. In this method an axial hole is drilled to the head as far as threaded portion such that area of shank become equal to the root area of thread as shown in figure (c). Where,d1= Diameter of hole to be drill do= Nominal diameter dc= Core diameter

 

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

Explain in brief the importance of ‘Super Charging’.

Answer:

Supercharging: The power output of an engine depends upon the amount of air inducted in cylinder per unit time, the degree of utilization of this air and the thermal efficiency of the engine. The amount of air inducted per unit time can be increased by increasing the engine speed or by increasing the density of air at intake. As engine speed increases, the inertia load, engine friction, bearing load increases. The method of increasing the inlet air density is called as supercharging. It is usually employed to increase the power output of the engine. The increase of the amount of air inducted per unit time by supercharging is obtained mainly to burn greater amount of fuel in a given engine. Supercharging increases the power output for a given weight and bulk of engine, compensate for loss of power due to altitude and obtain more power from the existing engine

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

Write the procedure of balancing single rotating mass when it balance mass is rotating in the same plane as that of disturbing mass.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 f )

Question:

What are the different types of follower motion ? Also draw displacement diagram for uniform velocity.

Answer:

Different types of follower motions –

The follower during its travel may have one of the following motions:-

Uniform velocity, Simple harmonic motion, Uniform acceleration and retardation, Cycloidal motion.

Displacement Diagram of Uniform Velocity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

view
Q 4a)(a)

Question:

Explain in brief the constructional features of MPFI engine

Answer:

Absence of Venturi – No Restriction in Air Flow/Higher Vol. Eff./Torque/Power • Hot Spots for Preheating cold air eliminated / Denser air enters • Manifold Branch Pipes not concerned with Mixture Preparation • Better Acceleration Response • Fuel Atomization Generally Improved. • Use of Greater Valve Overlap • Use of Sensors to Monitor Operating Parameters/Gives Accurate Matching of Air/fuel Requirements: Improves Power, Reduces fuel consumption and Emissions • Precise in Metering Fuel in Ports • Precise Fuel Distribution Between Cylinders • Fuel Transportation in Manifold not required so no Wall Wetting • Fuel Surge During Fast Cornering or Heavy Braking Eliminated • Adaptable and Suitable For Supercharging • Increased power and torque.

4

view
Q 4a)(b)

Question:

An engine has piston diameter 15 cm, length of stroke 40 cm and mean effective pressure 5 bar. Engine makes 120 power strokes per minute. Find mechanical efficiency if brake power is 5 kW.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4a)(c)

Question:

State any four effect of detonation

Answer:

Effects of detonation  (1) Noise – As intensity of detonation increases, the sound intensity increases & it is harmful. (2) Mechanical damage – shock waves are so violent that it may cause mechanical damage like breaking of piston. It increases the rate of wear erosion of piston. (3) Pre-ignition – Due to local overheating of spark plug & this pre-ignition increases detonation. (4) Power output & efficiency decreases - Power output & thermal efficiency decreases due to abnormal combustion. (5) Increase in heat transfer – Temperature of cylinder in detonating engine is higher than in non – detonating engine, hence increases the heat transfer. (6) Carbon deposits- Detonation results in increased carbon deposits.

4

view
Q 4a)(d)

Question:

Explain the term w.r.t. I.C. engine. i) Mean Effective Pressure (MEP) ii) Cut off ratio.

Answer:

( i ) Mean effective pressure – Defined as the average pressure acting on the piston which will produce the same output as is done by the varying pressure during the cycle.

( ii ) Cut off ratio – Fuel is injected into combustion chamber where only air compressed and is at high temperature. Fuel is injected for a duration of time, say T. The piston would not have reached the bottom dead centre in time T. The fuel is cut off when the volume is, say V2. The clearance volume is V1. The ratio V2/V1 is cut off ratio.

4

view
Q 4a)(i)

Question:

Define Endurance limit and draw typical S-N curve for steel.

Answer:

Endurance Limit: It is defined as maximum value of the completely reversed bending stress which a polished standard specimen can withstand without failure, for infinite number of cycles (usually 107 cycles).It is known as endurance or fatigue limit (ϭe).

4

view
Q 4a)(ii)

Question:

State the effect of key-way on the strength of shaft with suitable diagram

Answer:

+

 

 

4

view
Q 4a)(iii)

Question:

State any four applications of spring.

Answer:

1) To cushion, absorb or control energy to external load : Car springs, Railway buffers 2) To store Energy : Watches Toys 3) To Measure forces : Spring Balances, Gauges ,Engines 4) To provide clamping force in Jigs & fixtures. 5) To apply forces as in brakes, clutches & spring loaded valve.

4

view
Q 4a)(iii)

Question:

State any four advantages and disadvantages of welded joints over riveted joints.

Answer:

1. The welded structures are usually lighter than riveted structures. This is due to the reason, that in welding, gussets or other connecting components are not used. 2. The welded joints provide maximum efficiency (may be 100%) which is not possible in case of riveted joints. 3. Alterations and additions can be easily made in the existing structures. 4. As the welded structure is smooth in appearance, therefore it looks pleasing. 5. In welded connections, the tension members are not weakened as in the case of riveted joints. 6. A welded joint has a great strength. Often a welded joint has the strength of the parent metal itself. 7. Sometimes, the members are of such a shape (i.e. circular steel pipes) that they afford difficulty for riveting. But they can be easily welded. 8. The welding provides very rigid joints. This is in line with the modern trend of providing rigid frames. 9. It is possible to weld any part of a structure at any point. But riveting requires enough clearance. 10. The process of welding takes less time than the riveting. Disadvantages

1. Since there is an uneven heating and cooling during fabrication, therefore the members may get distorted or additional stresses may develop. 2. It requires a highly skilled labour and supervision. 3. Since no provision is kept for expansion and contraction in the frame, therefore there is a possibility of cracks developing in it. 4. The inspection of welding work is more difficult than riveting work

4

view
Q 4 b )

Question:

Justify with neat sketch elliptical trammel as an inversion of double slider crank chain.

Answer:

Elliptical trammel :

Since Elliptical trammel consist of two turning pairs and two sliding pairs, it is inversion of double slider crank chain. This instrument is used for drawing ellipses. This inversion is obtained by fixing a slotted plate (link 4) as shown in fig. It has got two right angled grooves cut into it. 1-2 is turning pair                                     2-3 is turning pair                                                                           1-4 is sliding pair                                      3-4 is sliding pair.................................. [2 M]

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

view
Q 4b)(a)

Question:

Name any four additives used in lubricants ? State their advantages

Answer:

(1) Detergents – To keep engine parts, such as piston and piston rings, clean & free from deposits. (2) Dispersants – To suspend & disperse material that could form varnishes, sludge etc that clog the engine. (3) Anti – wear – To give added strength & prevent wear of heavily loaded surfaces such as crank shaft rods & main bearings. (4) Corrosion inhibitors – To fight the rust wear caused by acids moisture. Protect vital steel & iron parts from rust & corrosion. (5) Foam inhibitors – control bubble growth, break them up quickly to prevent frothing & allow the oil pump to circulate oil evenly. (6)Viscosity index improver – added to adjust the viscosity of oil. (7) Pour point depressant - improves an oil ability to flow at very low temperature.

6

view
Q 4b)(b)

Question:

A petrol engine working on constant volume cycle has compression ratio of 8 and consume 1 kg of air per minute, if minimum and maximum temp. during cycle is 300 °K and 2000 °K respectively. Find power developed by engine. Assume γ = 1.4 and Cv = 0.71 kJ/kg °K.

Answer:

6

view
Q 4b)(i)

Question:

Describe the importance of aesthetic considerations in design related to shape, colour and surface finish.

Answer:

1) The shape should not be like blocks but various forms like sculpture, streamlined, aerodynamic, taper should be used. 2) The component should be symmetrical at lean about one axis. 3)proper shape of a product help to make the product more attractive. 4) The shape of the product should be regular, even & proportionate Regarding Colour: ……….Any 2 pt : 1 M Each 1) The colour and shape of component should be such that in should attract appeal and impress customer. 2) The colour should match with conventions, moods e.g. red for danger, gray for dull, yellow for cautions, green for safe etc. 3) Too bright colour should be avoided. 4) The colour should be compatible with conventional ideas of the operator. Regarding Surface finish ……….Any 2 pt : 1 M Each 1) Products with better surface finish are always aesthetically pleasing’ 2) The surface coating processes like spray painting, anodizing, electroplating etc greatly the aesthetic appeal of product

6

view
Q 4b)(ii)

Question:

State any six design considerations while designing the spur gear

Answer:

1) The power to be transmitted 2) The velocity ration or speed of gear drive. 3) The central distance between the two shafts 4) Input speed of the driving gear. 5) Wear characteristics of the gear tooth for a long satisfactory life. 6) The use of space & material should be economical. 7) Efficiency & speed ratio 8) Cost

6

view
Q 4 c )

Question:

Differentiate between flywheel and governor.

Answer:

Difference between Flywheel and Governor :

4

view
Q 4 d )

Question:

Explain construction and working of eddy current dynamometer.

Answer:

Construction and Working of Eddy current dynamometer :

4

view
Q 4 e )

Question:

A multiplate disc clutch transmits 55 kW of power at 1800 rpm. Coefficient of friction for the friction surfaces is 0.1. Axial intensity of pressure is not to exceed 160 kN/m2 . The internal radius is 80 mm and is 0.7 times the external radius. Find the number of plates needed to transmit the required torque.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4 f )

Question:

A rotor having the following properties :

m1 = 4 kg                                           r1 = 75 mm                             θ1 = 45o               

m2 = 3 kg                                           r2 = 85 mm                             θ2 = 135o

m3 = 2.5 kg                                       r3 = 50 mm                             θ3 = 240o

Determine the amount of the countermass at a radial distance of 75 mm required for the static balance.

Answer:

Data :

4

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

Explain with neat block diagram the working of ‘Vapour Absorbtion Cycle’.

Answer:

Working of Simple Vapor absorption system: A Simple Vapor absorption system consists of evaporator, absorber, generator, condenser, expansion valve, pump & reducing valve. In this system ammonia is used as refrigerant and solution is used is aqua ammonia. Strong solution of aqua ammonia contains as much as ammonia as it can and weak solution contains less ammonia. The compressor of vapor compressor system is replaced by an absorber, generator, reducing valve and pump. The heat flow in the system at generator, and work is supplied to pump. Ammonia vapors coming out of evaporator are drawn in absorber. The weak solution containing very little ammonia is spread in absorber. The weak solution absorbs ammonia and gets converted into strong solution. This strong solution from absorber is pumped into generator. The addition of heat liberates ammonia vapor and solution gets converted into weak solution. The released vapor is passed to condenser and weak solution to absorber through a reducing valve. Thus, the function of a compressor is done by absorber, a generator, pump and reducing valve. The simple vapor compressor system is used where there is scarcity of Electricity and it is very useful at partial and full load. -------

 

8

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

Answer:

Calculations:

i) Velocity of crank AO:

VAO = (r X ω ) X (480 X 20)

aab  = l(ab) X Scale = 4.3 X 40 X 103

 aab = 172 X 10 mm/sec2

8

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

A screw jack is used to lift a load of 50 kN through a maximum lift of 200 mm. The material used for a screw is steel of allowable stresses in tension and compression as 100 N/mm2 and 50 N/mm2 respectively. The pitch of screw is 8 mm. The nut is made of phosphor bronze with allowable stresses as 50 N/mm2 and 45 N/mm2 in tension and crushing. The allowable shear stress for nut material is 40 N/mm2 . The allowable bearing pressure between nut and screw is not to exceed 20 N/mm2 . If the coefficient of friction between screw and nut is 0.14, design the screw and nut

Answer:

 

 

8

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

State and explain Law of Gearing.

Answer:

Law of Gearing

Law of gearing states that the common normal at the point of contact between a pair of teeth must always pass through the pitch point for all positions of mating gear. This law forms the basis for the gear profile design. This is a must condition for the two gears to perform properly.

Law of gearing Proof

Consider the portions of two gear teeth in mesh.o1 and o2 are centre points,

Let K= point of contact

TT = COmmon tangent at the point of contact K

N'N' = common tangent at the pont of contact K

O1m and O2N are perpendicular to common normal N'N'.

 

law of gearinglaw of gearing

Law of gearing animation

As shown in the diagram below the common normat at the point of contact between a pair of teeth must always pass through the pitch point for all positions of mating gears.

This is the fundamental condition which must be satisfied while designing the profiles of teeth for gears.

 

This law is must for a gearing pair to perform properly. The animation clearly demonstrates the blue line which traces the path of the point of contact.

 

Link to other topics of Theory of machines is given below.

 

 

4

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

What do you mean by ‘Perfect Intercolling’ ? Explain with the help of P.V. diagram.

Answer:

Intercooling : In perfect intercooling the temperature of air after passing out of intercooler is same as that of the temperature of air before compression of LP cylinder. 

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

Draw the profile of cam operating a roller reciprocating follower with the following data :

Minimum radius of cam = 25 mm

lift = 30 mm

Roller diameter = 15 mm

The cam lifts the follower for 120owith SHM followed by a dwell period of 30o. Then the follower lowers down during 150o of the cam rotation with uniform acceleration and deceleration followed by a dwell period.

Answer:

ii) cam profile:

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

A railway wagon having 1500 kg mass and moving at 1 m/s velocity dashes against a bumper consisting of two helical springs of spring index 6. The springs, which get compressed by 150 mm while resisting a dash made of spring steel having allowable shear stress of 360 N/mm2 and modulus of rigidity 8.4  104 N/mm2 . Design the helical coil spring with circular crosssection of spring wire.

Answer:

 

 

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

Explain the working of ‘Turbo-Prop’ engine with neat sketch.

Answer:

The main components of turbo-prop engine are a propeller, gear reduction unit, a compressor, a combustor, gas turbine and the nozzles. In this engine 80 to 90% of the total propulsive thrust is generated by the gas turbine and the remainder is developed by the expansion of the gases in nozzles. Due to this the power generated in the gas turbine is used for driving the compressor and the propeller, while in case of turbojet engines the turbine power is only used to drive the compressor and the auxiliaries. The gas turbine drives the propeller through the reduction gear unit and it draws a large amount of air. A large part of this air drawn by the propeller is passed through the ducts around the engine and the remainder is compressed in the diffuser by ram compression and further in the compressor. Fuel is burnt in the combustor and the resultant high temperature gases are expanded in the turbine and finally in the nozzles. The total thrust developed is the sum of thrust developed by the propeller and the nozzle. Unlike the turbojet engines the turboprop engines are widely used for commercial and military air crafts, due to their low specific fuel consumption and high flexibility of operation at reasonably high speed.

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

Two parallel shafts, connected by a crossed belt, are provided with pulleys 480 mm and 640 mm in diameters. The distance between the centre lines of the shafts is 3 m. Find by how much the length of the belt should be changed if it is desired to alter the direction of rotation of the driven shaft.​

Answer:

                   

 

8

view
Q 5c)(i)

Question:

Show that the efficiency of self locking screw is less than 50%

Answer:

8

view
Q 5c)(ii)

Question:

State any four advantages of ball bearings over plain journal bearings.

Answer:

1) The ball bearings have a far smaller contact area and thus have a lower frictional drag coefficient. 2) Due to less frictional drag means better response and less power consumption. 3) The turbo can spool up much faster, which reduces turbo-lag and offers a major performance advantage over journal bearing turbochargers at lower to mid turbocharger speeds. 4) The reduced contact area of the ball bearings means that it requires far less lubrication, allowing for lower oil pressure feeds. 5) The ball bearing more reliable. 6) Less expensive. 7) Ball bearings generate less heat and require simple and inexpensive lubrication - by oil ring, oil mist, or oil bath method.

8

view
Q 6 )

Question:

Draw a neat sketch of leaf spring of semi-elliptical type and name its parts.

Answer:

Sketch of Leaf Spring of semi elliptical Type ….Diagram+ Names :

4

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

State the following term : i) Tonnes of refrigeration ii) COP

Answer:

4

view
Q 6a)(i)

Question:

Explain steep and creep phenomenon in belts.

Answer:

Slip of Belt:- Ans:- When driver pulley rotates firm grip between its surface and the belt. This firm grip between pulley and belt is because of friction and known as frictional grip. If this frictional grip becomes insufficient to transmit the motion of pulley to belt. Then there will be. 1) Forward motion of driver pulley without carrying belt called as slip on driving side.

2) Some forward motion of belt without carrying driven pulley this is called as slip on driver side. The difference between linear speed of rim of pulley and belt on the pulley is known as slip of belt. The velocity ratio considering slip is given by:-

Creep of Belt:- The belt moves from driving pulley is known as Tight side and belt moves from driving pulley to driver pulley as slack side.

Tension on both i.e. on tight sides and slack side is not equal ( T1> T2 ) . The belt material is elastic material which elongates more on Tight side than the slack side resulting in unequal stretching on both sides of drive. A certain portion of belt when passes from slack side to tight side extends and certain portion of belt when contracts, passes from tight side to slack side because of relative motion. The relative motion between belt and pulley surface due to unequal stretching of two sides of drives is known as creep.

4

view
Q 6a)(ii)

Question:

Explain single cylinder 4-stroke I.C. engine using turning moment diagram.

Answer:

A turning moment diagram for a four stroke cycle internal combustion engine, we know that in a four stroke cycle internal combustion engine, there is one working stroke after a crank has turned through two revolution i.e.7200 . Since the pressure inside the engine cylinder is less than the atmospheric pressure during suction stroke therefore a negative loop is formed. During the compression stroke, the work is done on gases, therefore a higher negative loop is obtained.

During the expansion or working stroke, the fuel burns and the gases expand, therefore a positive loop is obtained. In this stroke the work done is by the gases. During exhaust stroke, the work is done on the gases, therefore negative loop is formed. It may be noted that effect of inertia forces on the piston is taken is account.

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

Why majority of air compressors available in the market are multi staged ? Explain

Answer:

Multi-stage air compressors feature many benefits and so, they are mostly used in the market. Some of those features are given below 1. Higher air pressures are achievable by multi-staging (about 175 PSI against 120 PSI in single stage) 2. It requires less power for running 3. Light weight cylinders can are used 4. Leakages are less 5. Overall discharge temperatures are lower 6. Intercooler increases the efficiency of unit 7. It has a greater durability 8. Many multi-stage air compressors have the crankcase cast separate from the pump cylinders, which makes it easier to repair. 9. Multi-stage compressors Air compressors can perform (are suitable) many different functions in industrial applications

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

A simple band brake shown in figure 2 is applied to a shaft carrying a flywheel of mass 250 kg and of radius of gyration 300 mm. The shaft speed is 200 rpm. The drum diameter is 200 mm and the coefficient of friction is 0.25. The dimensions a and l are 100 mm and 280 mm respectively and the angle β  = 135o. Determine

(i) the brake torque when a force of 120 N is applied at the lever end.

(ii) the number of turns of the flywheel before it comes to rest.

(iii) the time taken by flywheel to come to rest.

Answer:

A simple band brake drum:

8

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

Explain different forms of threads with their relative advantages and applications.

Answer:

Square threads

Square threads are the most commonly used thread form for the power screws. Following table gives you various thread forms and comparisons.




Screw Form

Characteristic

Application

Sq. Thread

 

No side thrust

Higher efficiency

Used for general purpose power transmission

Trapezoidal Threads

Stronger than square threads

Easy to manufacture

Wear compensation

Used for higher power transmission

ACME threads

Stronger than square threads

Easy to manufacture

Wear compensation

Used for higher power transmission

Buttress threads

Can bear very heavy load in one direction

Used to handle heavy forces in one direction, like in truck jack

Sq. threads Advantages and disadvantages

The advantages of sq. threads are as follows:

1) Efficiency of sq. threads is more than trapezoidal threads

2) There is no side thrust or radial pressure.

The disadvantages of sq. threads are,

1) Sq. threads are difficult to manufacture than trapezoidal threads.

2) The wear of sq. threads can not be compensated as it can be done in trapezoidal.

3) The thread thickness at core is less than trapezoidal, hence sq. threads have less load carrying capacity.

Square threads and other forms diagrams

square threads

square threads

square threads

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

Determine the size of bolt in the cylinder head of a steam engine. The engine cylinder has a bore of 400 mm and the maximum steam pressure to which the cylinder is subjected is 1.5 N/mm2 . Cylinder head is held on the cylinder by 16 number of bolts. The permissible tensile stress for the bolt material is 25 N/mm2

Answer:

Bolt size will be M 30 or M32

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

Represent Carnot cycle on P-V and T-S diagram

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

A conical pivot with angle of cone as 100o, supports a load of 18 kN. The external radius is 2.5 times the internal radius. The shaft rotates at 150 rpm. If the intensity of pressure is to be 300 kN/m2 and coefficient of friction as 0.05, what is the power lost in working against the friction ?

Answer:

8

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

State any four disadvantages of rolling bearings as compared to journal bearings

Answer:

Disadvantages of rolling bearing as compared to Journal Bearing: 1) Initial cost is very high 2) Noisy in normal operation. 3) Shock capacity is less. 4) Finite life due to failure by fatigue. 5) Dirt & metal chips can enter the bearing & may lead it to failure. 6) Occupies greater diametral space compared to journal bearing.

4

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

Compare between window air conditioner and split air conditioner (any four)

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

Explain any one method to improve thermal efficiency of gas turbine with the help of block diagram.

Answer:

+

 

4

view
Examination: 2016 WINTER
Que.No Question/Problem marks Link
Q )

Question:

Explain with neat sketch working of lobe type air compressor.

Answer:

Lobe type air compressor: it is a rotary type of compressor consisting of two rotors which are driven externally. One rotor is connected to drive and second is connected to gear. These two rotors have two or three lobes having epicycloids, hypocycloid or involutes profiles. In the figure two lobes compressor is shown with a inlet arrangement and receiver. A very small clearance is maintained between surfaces so that wear is prevented. Air leakage through this clearance decreases efficiency of this compressor. During rotation a volume of air V at atmospheric pressure is trapped between left hand rotor and casing . this air is positively displaced with change in volume until space is opened to high pressure region. At this instant some high pressure air rushes back from the receiver and mixed with the blower air until both pressure are equalized .

 

4

view
Q 1a)(a)

Question:

State four assumptions made for air standard cycle.

Answer:

Assumption made in air standard cycle Following assumption made in actual cycle to analysis as air standard cycle. 1. The working fluid is perfect gas. 2. There is no change in mass of the working medium. 3. All the process that constitutes the cycle is reversible. 4. Heat is assumed to be supplied from a constant high temperature source and not from chemical reaction during the cycle. 5. There are no heat losses. 6. The working medium has constant specific heats throughout the cycle.

4

view
Q 1a)(b)

Question:

A two stage air compressor with perfect intercooling takes in air at 1 bar pressure and 27 °C. The law of compression in both the stages is Pv1.3 = constant. The compressed air is delivered at 9 bar from the H.P. Cylinder to an air receiver. Calculate per kg. of air i) The minimum work done. ii) The heat rejected to the intercooler.

Answer:

4

view
Q 1a)(c)

Question:

Compare SI and CI engine on the basis of i) fuel used, ii) Compression ratio, iii) Weight, iv) Noise and vibration

Answer:

Difference between SI and CI engines

 

4

view
Q 1a)(i)

Question:

Write any four applications oil hydraulic systems

Answer:

Write any four applications of oil hydraulic systems 1. Earth Moving equipments 2. Broaching machine 3. CNC/VMC/HMC Machines. 4. Hydraulic thread rolling machine 5. Hydraulic press brake. 6. Material handling equipments 7. Hydraulic thread rolling machine 8. Hydraulic cranes

4

view
Q 1a)(i)

Question:

What is stress concentration? State its significance in design of machine elements

Answer:

Whenever a machine component changes the shape of its cross section, the simple stress distribution no longer holds good. This irregularity in the stress distribution caused by abrupt changes of form is called as stress concentration

 

In most machine elements have some forms of discontinuity, namely sudden change in cross section, grooves ,holes, keyways and other changes in sections. these continuity in machine element alter the stress distribution in the neighborhood so that the elementary stress equations no longer described the actual state of stress in the part, such discontinuity is called stress raisers and in the region in which these occur is called the area of stress concentration. Internal cracks and flaws, cavities in welds, blowholes, and pressure in certain points are the common examples of stress raisers.

4

view
Q 1a)(i)

Question:

Define Kinematic link with one example.

Answer:

Kinematic link --Each part of a machine, which moves relative to some other part, is known as a ‘kinematic link (or simply link) or element. Example – any one Example of machine element, (e.g. shaft, spindle, gear, crank, belt, pulley, key etc. )

2

view
Q 1a)(ii)

Question:

What are the effects of contaminants in the oil?

Answer:

Following are the effects of contaminants in the oil 1) Contaminants in oil make fluid improper or even hazardous for reuse. 2) Excessive heat gets generated during operation of the hydraulic circuit. 3) Electromagnetic radiation contaminated hydraulic system often generates noise thereby polluting the environment. 4) The system operates at lesser efficiency than the desired.

4

view
Q 1a)(ii)

Question:

Write the design procedure of knuckle joint.

Answer:

Design of Knuckle joint Failure of rod in tension

4

view
Q 1a)(ii)

Question:

Name different mechanisms generated from a single slider crank chain.

Answer:

Different mechanism generated by single slider crank chain mechanism. 

a) Reciprocating engine, Reciprocating compressor

b) Whitworth quick return mechanism, Rotary engine,

c) Slotted crank mechanism, Oscillatory engine

d) Hand pump, pendulum pump or Bull engine

2

view
Q 1a)(iii)

Question:

Draw a general layout of pneumatic system and state the function of components

Answer:

 

 

1) Air inlet filter – Free air from the atmosphere enters the compressor through an air-inlet filter which will essentially keep out the dust and dirt from entering the system. 2) Compressor: It is used to compress the air from atmosphere pressure to the desired higher pressure level. It can be single stage or multistage in operation. 3) Cooler: Removes the heat generated during the process of operation. 4) Pressure switch and control unit: Maintains the pressure in the receiver in the predetermined range by starting and stopping the prime mover. 5) Moisture separator: Cooling air in the cooler results in condensation of vapor in the air. The condensate in the form of water droplets are separated from air. 6) Service unit: Filter – Separates sub-micron level contamination. Regulator – Bring the pressure of air from receiver pressure to the device pressure. Lubricator – Adds lubricants to air. 7) Pipe Line: They carry the compressed air from one location to another. 8) Control Valves: They are required to control the air direction, pressure and flow rate. They are responsible for the smooth and precise control of the pneumatic actuator, and also for the safe operation of the system. 9) Actuator: They will convert the high pressure energy of the compressed air into mechanical force or do useful work. Actuators can either be pneumatic cylinders to provide linear motion or pneumatic motors to provide rotary motion.

4

view
Q 1a)(iii)

Question:

Draw a neat sketch of flexible flange coupling and label its main components.

Answer:

4

view
Q 1a)(iii)

Question:

State the advantages of roller follower over knife edge follower.

Answer:

Advantages of roller follower over knife edge follower a) Roller follower has less wear and tear than knife edge follower. b) Power required for driving the cam is less due to less frictional force between cam and follower.

2

view
Q 1a)(iv)

Question:

Draw the hydraulic circuit showing control of DA cylinder. Using 4 × 2 DC valve. Explain the working in brief.

Answer:

Draw the hydraulic circuit showing control of DA cylinder using 4 X 2 DC Valve. Explain the working in brief. Fig shows the circuit used to control DA cylinder using 4 X 2 DC Valve. The operation is described as follows: 1) When the 4/2 way DC valve is in its open center position pump oil flows from port P to port A to the blank end of the cylinder, extending the piston rod against a load. The oil in the rodend of the cylinder is free to flow back to the tank via port B and T. 2) When DC valve is activated then it engaged in cross connection of the ports. The cylinder retracts as the oil flows from ports P and B to the rod end. Oil in the blank end is returned to the tank via ports A and T.

4

view
Q 1a)(iv)

Question:

Draw neat labeled sketches of Acme and square thread profile and state its relative characteristics.

Answer:

 

Characteristics of Acme thread : (i)thread angle is 290 (ii) permit the use of split nut (iii)easy to manufacture (iv) max. bursting pressure on the thread Characteristics of Square thread : (i) zero profile thread angle (ii) minimum bursting pressure on the nut

4

view
Q 1a)(iv)

Question:

Define slip and creep in case of belt drive.

Answer:

Slip --- Slip is defined as insufficient frictional grip between pulley (driver/driven) and belt. Slip is the difference between the linear velocities of pulley (driver/driven) and belt.

Creep ----- Uneven extensions and contractions of the belt when it passes from tight side to slack side. There is relative motion between belt and pulley surface, this phenomenon is called creep of belt.

2

view
Q 1a)(v)

Question:

Give four advantages of chain drive over belt drive.

Answer:

Advantages of chain drive over belt drive 

a) No slip takes place in chain drive as in belt drive there is slip.

b) Occupy less space as compare to belt drive.

c) High transmission efficiency.

d) More power transmission than belts drive.

e) Operated at adverse temperature and atmospheric conditions.

f) Higher velocity ratio. g) Used for both long as well as short distances

2

view
Q 1a)(vi)

Question:

State the effect of centrifugal tension on power transmission.

Answer:

Effect of centrifugal tension on power transmission:

As the belt passes over the pulley with high velocity, centrifugal force is produced on the belt, which tends to act on the belt. This force tries to move the belt away from the pulley.

This force is given by,

TC = m x V2

There is no effect of centrifugal tension on power transmitted.

2

view
Q 1a)(vii)

Question:

Define fluctuation of energy and coefficient of fluctuation of energy.

Answer:

a) Fluctuation of energy -- The difference of maximum and minimum kinetic energy of flywheel is known as Fluctuation of energy

b) Coefficient of fluctuation of energy -- - It is defined as the ratio of the maximum fluctuation of energy to the work done per cycle. It is denoted by ke = (E1 - E2)/work done per cycle

2

view
Q 1a)(viii)

Question:

State the adverse effect of imbalance of rotating elements of machine.

Answer:

Adverse effect of imbalance of rotating elements:

a) Vibration, noise and discomfort,

b) Machine accuracy get disturbed,

c) Power losses,

d) More maintenance

2

view
Q 1b)(a)

Question:

A four cylinder engine running at 1200 rpm delivers 20 kW. The average torque when one cylinder was cut is 110 N.m. Find the indicated thermal efficiency if the calorific value of the fuel is 43 MJ/Kg and the engine uses 360 gm. of gasoline (fuel) per kW. hr.

Answer:

6

view
Q 1b)(b)

Question:

Explain with neat sketch working of non dispersive infra red (NDIR) gas analyser.

Answer:

Non dispersive infra red gas analyzer ( NDIR) : The working principle of infra red gas exhaust gas analyzer is as shown in figure . It works on the principle of hetero atomic gases absorbs infra red energy at distinct and separated wavelength. The absorbed energy raises the temperature and pressure of confined gas. This enables to measure contents of hydro carbon and carbon monoxide. This is a faster method of gas analysis. The standard sample is filled in reference cell R . the sample of gas under testing is filled in cell S . The detector cell D is filled with specific gas to be measured, say CO2 . the detector cell is divided into two compartments by diaphragm. It is very sensitive. Initially infra red energy in both compartment is same and indicator reading is zero. The sample is connected to exhaust gas. This lowers pressure on sample side. It will absorb energy in proportion to concentration of CO2 in sample and detector gives percentage of CO2 present in the samp0le.

 

6

view
Q 1b)(i)

Question:

State any four inversions of single slider crane chain. Describe any one with neat sketch.

Answer:

1.Reciprocating engine, Reciprocating compressor;

2. Whitworth quick return mechanism, Rotary engine,

3.Slotted crank mechanism, Oscillatory engine.

4.Hand pump, pendulum pump.

1.Reciprocating engine, Reciprocating compressor link 1 is fixed

2.Whitworth quick return mechanism, Rotary engine​ link 2 is fixed,

3.- Oscillatory engine. Slotted crank mechanism. link 3 is fixed

4. Hand pump, pendulum pump. link 4 is fixed

 

 

 

 

4

view
Q 1b)(i)

Question:

Draw actual hydraulic system and explain its working.

Answer:

Draw actual hydraulic system and explain its working. Oil hydraulics system uses pressurized oil which is circulated through various components of the hydraulic system to perform the given task. The various components of hydraulic system have to perform its intended function and they are arranged to form a layout of the system as per sequence of operation of hydraulic system. This arrangement of various hydraulic system components as per the nature of equipment/machine is known as actual layout of the system. The oil from reservoir is cleaned by the filter and sucked by the pump when driven by the motor. The pump increases the pressure of oil and high pressure oil is then passed through relief valve to drain excess pressure. Now oil is circulated to the direction to control to the actuator. The oil moves the piston and piston rod to give output force/motion. This motion/force is then utilized for performing the work/task. The oil from the relief valve and outlet of the actuator transferred to the reservoir through drain line and recirculated in the hydraulic system

6

view
Q 1b)(i)

Question:

State and explain main considerations in machine design.

Answer:

Main considerations in machine design Type of loads and stresses caused by the load: the load on a machine component, may act in several ways, due to which, the internal stresses are set up. Mechanism: the successful operation of any machine depends largely upon the simplest arrangement of the parts, which will give desired motion Selection of material: designer should know the deep knowledge of properties of materials and behavior under working conditions

Convenient and economical features: the designed machine must be convenient to operate and cost wise economical for the customer Use of standard part: reduced the overall cost Safety of operation: to avoid accidental hazards, care should be taken by designer Workshop facilities: a designer should be familiar with the limitations of his employer’s workshop, in order to avoid necessity of vendors Number of machines to be manufactured Cost of construction and assembly: designed machine should be cheap and easy to assem6ble Frictional resistance and lubrication: designer should provide necessary lubrication to the parts, where there is a sliding, rolling and rotating motion

6

view
Q 1b)(ii)

Question:

Compare multiplate clutch with cone clutch on the following basis.

(1) Power Transmission

(2) Size

Answer:

Comparison of multiplate clutch and Cone clutch:

4

view
Q 1b)(ii)

Question:

Explain with neat sketch the working of rotary spool type DC valve.

Answer:

A rotary spool valve consists of a rotating spool which aligns with ports in stationary valve casing, so that fluid is directed to required port. A/B/P/R are the ports in casing. The port ‘P’ is a pressure port though which pressurized oil is coming in the valve. ‘R’ port is the port through which used oil is returning to oil tank. From fig port p is connected to port B and port A is connected to port R

 

 

6

view
Q 1b)(ii)

Question:

A hollow shaft is required to transmit 50 kW power at 600 rpm. Calculate its inside and outside diameters if its ratio is 0.8. Consider yield strength of material as 380N/mm2 and factor of safety as 4.

Answer:

Given : P= 50 KW = 50000W Speed = 600rpm k=Di/do = 0.8 σyt= 380 N/mm2 Factor of safety= 4 Design stress σt=σyt/fos =380/4 =95 Shear stress = τ =σt/2 = 95/2 =47.5N/mm2 Torque transmitted by hollow shaft T = P x 60/2πN T = 50000 x 60/2π x600 T = 795.67 N-m T= 795670 Nmm T= π/16 Xτ X do3 (1-k 4 ) 795670 =π/16 X 47.5 X do3 ( 1-0.84 ) Do3=144529.313 Do = 53 mm say 55 mm Di = 0.8X 55 = 44mm

6

view
Q 1b)(iii)

Question:

The central distance two shaft is 4m having two pulleys with diameter having 500mm and 700mm respectively find the length of belt required -

(1) for open belt drive

(2) for cross belt drive

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Explain a scotch yoke mechanism with a neat sketch.

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

What is swash plate? What is its use? What will happen if we change the angle of swash plate? Explain with sketch

Answer:

It’s an inclined plate in axial piston pump on which all pistons are connected through piston rod. This swash plate is usually inclined. Use – It is helps to reciprocate the piston of axial piston pump while the cylinder block is rotating Working: Motor drives the shaft, which in turn rotates the entire cylinder block. The pistons are connected to inclined swash plate through piston rod. Now since swash plate is inclined and block is rotating, the piston reciprocates inside the barrel. The reciprocating motion of piston causes suction and delivery of fluid through inlet and outlet ports which come infront of outlet of piston. If we change the angle of swash plate i.e. θ if a) θ = 0 then no flow of oil, because pistons are at same level. When θ = 0 swash plate is vertical. No reciprocation of piston, hence no flow. b) θ = max or +ve, then x will be stroke length which is maximum and there will be maximum forward flow. c) θ = -ve, then ‘x’ i.e. stroke length will be maximum in reverse direction and hence there will be reverse flow. By changing the swash plate angle we can vary the stroke length of the piston. and also output flow can be changed.

8

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Why pressure relief valve is used in hydraulic circuit? Explain in details with neat sketches

Answer:

Pressure Relief Valve used because; 1. To Maintain desired pressure levels in the circuit. 2. To set maximum pressure in hydraulic system. 3. Protect the pump and other system components from overloading. 4. It acts as a relief and safety device ExplanationSimple pressure relief valve is also a Direct operated pressure relief valve. It consists of Poppet, spring, pressure setting knob and valve body. It is normally closed valve connected between pressure line and the oil reservoir when inlet oil pressure is less than the spring force; it means that it is insufficient to overcome the spring force, the valve remains closed. The pressure of oil is safe for the system. When the oil pressure is greater than spring force, it pushes the poppet against the spring force and unseated the poppet. Now the valve opens and oil flow from inlet port to the reservoir. The valve will remain open until the excessive pressure is diverted to the tank. Cracking pressure: the pressure at which the valve first opens is called the cracking pressure. It is essential for every hydraulic system to provide pressure relief valve as a safeguard against the pressure.

8

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Explain with the help of neat sketches three basic types of lever. State one application of each type.

Answer:

In the first type of levers, the fulcrum is in between the load and effort. In this case, the effort arm is greater than load arm, therefore M.A. obtained is more than 1 Application: Bell crank levers used in railway signaling arrangement, rocker arm in I.C. Engines , handle of a hand pump, hand wheel of a punching press, beam of a balance, foot lever (any 1) In the second type of levers, the load is in between the fulcrum and effort. In this case, the effort arm is more than the load arm, therefore M.A. is more than 1. Application: levers of loaded safety valves, wheel barrow, nut cracker (any1) In the third type of levers, the effort is in between the fulcrum and load. Since the effort arm, in this case, is less than the load arm, therefore M.A. is less than 1 Application: a pair of tongs, the treadle of sewing machine

8

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Differentiate vapour compression and vapour absorption refrigeration system. (min. eight points of difference)

Answer:

Differences between Vapour Absorption and Vapour Compression refrigeration system

 

8

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

What is machine ? Differentiate between a machine and a structure.

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

Explain with the help of neat sketches, the design procedure of a square sunk key

Answer:

 

T= Torque transmitted by the shaft , F= tangential force acting at the circumference of the shaft,

 

8

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

A single stage reciprocating air compressor has a swept volume of 2000 cm3 and runs at 800 rpm. It operates on a pressure ratio of 8 with a clearance 5% of the swept volume. Assume NTP room conditions at inlet (p = 101.3 kPa t = 15°C) and polytropic compression and expansion with n = 1.25 calculate i) Indicated power, ii) Volumetric efficiency, iii) Mass flow rate iv) Isothermal efficiency

Answer:

8

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

Explain Klein’s construction to determine velocity and acceleration of different links in single slider crank mechanism.

Answer:

Klein’s construction

a) For velocity of different links

b) For acceleration of different links

4

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

Explain the construction and working of doubled acting reciprocating compressor with neat sketch.

Answer:

Double acting reciprocating air compressor is similar to double acting reciprocating pump. It is comprised of following parts: 1) Cylinder 2) Piston and piston rod and connecting rod. 3) Crank and crank case 4) Two suction valves and two delivery valves. 5) One inlet port and one outlet port It uses four bar mechanism. There are 4 valves (2 suction valves and 2 delivery valves) shown at A, B, C, D in figure. There are cooling fans similar to single acting compressors. The crank rotates on electric motor/engine/turbine. In this compressor, compression of air takes place on both side of the piston. When crank rotates, the piston starts reciprocating. When piston comes down and attains, ‘Bottom dead center piston’ the air comes in through port ‘A’ due to vacuum created due to downward movement. When piston starts moving upward, the air starts compressing. When piston attains, ‘Top dead center piston’, the stroke is complete and air is fully compressed which goes out through delivery valve ‘B’ to air receiver. During this upward movement the vacuum is created on other side (Piston rod side) of piston. Suction valve ‘C’ opens and air comes in. When piston starting comes down, this air which came through valve ‘C’, gets compressed and compressed air goes out through delivery valve ‘D’ to air receiver. In this downward movement air comes in through valve ‘A’ and entire cycle repeats.

 

8

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

A four stroke gas engine has a cylinder diameter of 25 cm and stroke 45 cm. The effective diameter of brake is 1.6 m. The observations made in a test of the engine were as follows. Duration of test = 40 min. Total no. of revolutions = 8080 Total no. of explosions = 3230 Net load on brake = 90 kg Mean effective pressure = 5.8 bar Volume of gas used = 7.5 m3 Pressure of gas = 136 mm of water Atm. temp. = 17°C Calorific value of gas = 19 MJ/m3 at NTP Rise in temp. of jacket cooling water = 45°C Cooling water supplied = 180 kg Draw heat balance sheet and estimate indicated thermal efficiency and brake thermal efficiency. Assume atmospheric pr. as 760 mm of Hg.

Answer:

8

view
Q 2c)(i)

Question:

 State applications of maximum shear stress theory and principal normal stress theory

Answer:

(i) Applications of maximum shear stress theory : for ductile material , crank shaft, propeller shafts , c frames (ii) Applications of maximum principle normal stress theory : for brittle material , machine spindle, machine beds , c frames, overhang crank

8

view
Q 2c)(ii)

Question:

State two applications each of cotter joint and knuckle joint.

Answer:

Applications of cotter joint: cotter foundation bolt, big end of the connecting rod of a steam engine, joining piston rod with cross head, joining two rods with a pipe Applications of knuckle joint: link of bicycle chain, tie bar of roof truss, link of suspension bridge, valve mechanism, fulcrum of lever, joint for rail shifting mechanism

8

view
Q 2 d )

Question:

Define the terms:

(i) Linear velocity

(ii) Angular velocity

(iii) Absolute velocity

(iv) Relative velocity

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 d )

Question:

Explain with neat sketch different types of follower.

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 f )

Question:

A pulley is driven by the flat belt running at speed of 600m/min. and transmit 4 kW. The coefficient of friction between belt and pulley is 0.3 and angle of lap is 160°. Find maximum tension in the belt.

Answer:

Flat belt speed = V = 600 m/min = 600/60 m/sec = 10 m/sec;

Power transmitted = P = 4 kW ;

Coefficient of friction =µ = 0.3;

Angle of lap = θ =1600

Belt tension ratio = T1/ T2 = eµθ = e 0.3(160x π/180) = 2.31; T1/ T2 = 2.31;

T1= T2 x 2.311--------------------------------(1)

P = ( T1 - T2) x V ; --------------------------------(2)

P = ( T2 x 2.31- T2)x 10; Putting value of power

P = 4 kW 4 x1000 = ( T2 x 2.31 - T2)x 10;

T2 = 305.34 N

T1 = 705.34N

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

Discuss the following motion of the follower by drawing the displacement velocity and acceleration diagram.

(i) Uniform Velocity

(ii) Simple Harmonic Motion

(iii) Uniform acceleration and retardation

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

Write any four advantages of oil hydraulic system.

Answer:

We can generate very high pressures in hydraulic system. Due to this nature of hydraulic system we can use this power to lift, hold, press very heavy loads 2) Weight to power ratio of a hydraulic system is comparatively less than that of an Electro-Mechanical System. Electric motor weigh appropriately 8.5 Kg/kW whereas, same power hydraulic motor weighs 0.85 kg/kW only. 3) The speed control of linear as well as rotary actuators can be achieved with ease. By merely adjusting small flow control valve, wide range of speed and feed can be obtained. 4) The system provides instant and smooth reversible motion

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

State the composition of the materials 30 Ni 16 Cr5, 40C8, FeE230 X15Cr25Ni 12

Answer:

30 Ni 16 Cr5 : alloy steel carbon 0.3% of average, Nickel 16%, chromium 5% 40C8 : Plain carbon steel carbon 0.4% of average, manganese 0.8% FeE230 : Steel with yield strength of 230N/mm2

X15Cr25Ni12 : high alloy steel carbon 0.15% of average, chromium 25%, Nickel 12%,

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

List any four pollutants in exhaust gases of I.C. engine with their effects.

Answer:

The major air pollutants emitted by petrol & diesel engines are CO2, CO, HC, NOx, SO2, smoke & lead vapour. Effect of CO:  Carbon monoxide combines with hemoglobin forming carboy hemoglobin ,which reduces oxygen carrying capacity of blood.  This leads to laziness, exhaustion of body & headache.  Prolong exposure can even leads to death.  It also affects cardiovascular system, thereby causing heart problem Effect of CO2: Causes respiratory disorder & suffocation. Effect of NOx: It causes respiration irritation, headache, bronchitis, pulmonary emphysema, impairment of lungs, and loss of appetite & corrosion of teeth to human body. Effect of HC: • It has effect like reduced visibility, eye irritation, peculiar odour & damage to vegetation & acceleration the cracking of rubber products. • It induce cancer, affect DNA & cell growth are know a carcinogens. Effect of SO2: It is toxic & corrosive gas, human respiratory track of animals, plants & crops.

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

The crank and connecting rod of steam engine are 0.5m and 2m long respectively. The crank makes 180r.p.m. in clockwise direction. When it has turned through 45° from I.D.C. Find the velocity of piston and angular velocity of connecting rod by relative velocity method.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

Draw symbols of: (i) Oil reservoir (ii) Oil filter (iii) Heat exchanger (iv) Unidirectional fixed displacement pump.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

Design single cotter joint to transmit 200 kN. Allowable stresses for the material are 75 MPa in tension and 50 MPa in shear.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

Compare closed cycle and open cycle gas turbine.

Answer:

Open cycle and closed cycle gas turbines Any four differences

 

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

Define i) Humidity ratio, ii) Specific humidity

Answer:

Specific humidity : It is defined as the ratio of mass of vapor to the mass of dry air in a given sample of moist air . It is denoted by ω 

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

Compare cross belt drive and open belt drive on the basis of -

(i) Velocity ratio

(ii) Direction of driven pulley

(iii) Application

(iv) Length of belt drive

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

Explain the principle of regenerative circuit.

Answer:

Principle of regenerative circuit is recovering the energy available with returning oil by using regeneration technique. The concept of re-generative circuit is explained from following figure. Consider the double acting cylinder. Pressurized oil from pump is admitting in cylinder cavity through port (A). Due to pressure force piston is moving from right to left. During this movement, the oil present on piston rod side of piston starts coming out through port (B). This oil will return to the oil reservoir via DC valve. It is clear from figure that, returning oil will enter in pressure pipe through pipe ‘P’ During exit of oil through port (B), some energy is still there with oil on piston rod side. This energy is otherwise wasted if this oil directly goes to oil reservoir. To avoid wastage of this energy, pipe ‘P’ is connected so that, the pressurized oil gets more energy and it will create more pressure force while entering through port (A).

 

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

State the ‘Lewis equation’ for spur gear design. State SI unit of each term in the equation.

Answer:

Lewis equation: WT = σw.b.π.m.y, WT= Tangential load acting at the tooth in N σw= bending stress in N/mm2 b= width of the gear face in mm m= module in mm y= lewis form factor.

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Explain why bolts of uniform strength are preferred. Draw sketches of two different types of bolts of uniform strength

Answer:

bolts of uniform strength: if a shank dia.is reduced to a core dia.as shown in fig. the stress become same through out the length of the bolt. Hence impact energy is distributed uniformly throughout the bolt length, thus relieving the threaded portion of high stress. The bolt in this way becomes stronger and lighter. This type of bolt is known as bolt of uniform strength.Another method of obtaining the bolt of uniform strength is shown in fig.in this method, instead of reducing the shank dia.an axial hole is drilled through the head down to

the threaded portion such that the cross sectional area of the shank becomes equal to the area of the threaded portion If bolts of uniform strength are not used a large portion of impact energy will be absorbed in the threaded portion and relatively a small portion of energy is absorbed by a shank. This uneven distribution of impact energy may lead to the fracture of the bolt in threaded portion .hence bolts of uniform strength are preferred.

 

 

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Name four sensors used in I.C. engine and explain working of any one.

Answer:

Sensor used in IC engines ( Explanation of any one )

A sensor is an input device that provides variable information on an engine function. Examples of sensors include the airflow sensor (AFS), crank angle sensor (CAS), throttle potentiometer sensor (TPS) etc, and these provide data on load, rpm, temperature, throttle opening etc. This data is signaled to the ECM, which then analyses the results and computes an output signal. The output signal is used to actuate an n output device.

Crank angle sensor: A permanent magnet inductive signal generator is mounted in close proximity to the flywheel, where it radiates a magnetic field. As the flywheel spins and the pins are rotated in the magnetic field, an alternating (AC) waveform is delivered to the ECM to indicate speed of rotation. If a pin is intentionally omitted at two points on the flywheel, or by contrast a double pin is used, the signal will vary at these points, and a reference to TDC will be returned to the ECM. The location of the positional signal is not at TDC, but may be some other point fixed by the VM. When used, the CAS provides the primary signal to initiate both ignition and fuelling.

Air Flow Sensor (AFS): The AFS is normally located between the air filter and the throttle body. As air flows through the sensor, it deflects a vane (flap) which wipes a potentiometer resistance track and so varies the resistance of the track and generates a variable voltage signal.

Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor: The MAP sensor measures the manifold vacuum or pressure, and uses a transducer to convert the signal to an electrical signal which is returned to the ECM. The unit may be designed as an independent sensor that is located in the engine compartment or integral with the ECM.

Coolant temperature sensor (CTS): The CTS is a two-wire thermistor that measures the coolant temperature. The CTS is immersed in the engine coolant, and contains a variable resistor that usually operates on the NTC principle.

Throttle Position Sensor (TPS): TPS is provided to inform the ECM of idle position, deceleration, rate of acceleration and wide-open throttle (WOT) conditions. The TPS is a potentiometer which varies the resistance and voltage of the signal returned to the ECM. 01 03 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECH From the voltage returned, the ECM is able to calculate idle position, full-load and also how quickly the throttle is opened.

Oxygen sensor (OS): An oxygen sensor is a ceramic device 'placed in the exhaust manifold on the engine side of the catalytic converter. The oxygen sensor returns a signal to the ECM, which can almost instantaneously (within 50 ms) adjust the injection duration.

 

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

State the applications of :

(i) Band brake

(ii) Disc brake

(iii) Internal expanding shoe brake

(iv) External shoe brake

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Three masses 10 kg, 20 kg and 15kg are attached at a point at radii of 20 cm, 25cm and 15 cm respectively. If the angle between successive masses is 60° and 90°. Determine analytically the balancing mass to be attached at radius of 30cm.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

What is FRL unit? Explain its function

Answer:

FRL unit means Filter Regulator and Lubricator Unit Function of FRL unit Filter (F) – 1) To remove the micron and sub-micron particles present in the entering air of compressor 2) Used to separate out contaminants like dust, dirt particles from the compressed air Regulator (R)–In pneumatic system the pressure of compressed air may not stable due to possibility of line fluctuation. Hence there is a need to maintain and regulate the air pressure. This function is performed by regulator. Lubricator (L) – Sliding components like spool, a pneumatic cylinder has sliding motion between parts. It may cause friction and wear and tear at mating parts. To reduce friction, lubricating oil particles are added in the compressed air with the help of lubricator

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

Prove that for a square key sc = 2t where sc = crushing stress t = shear stress.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

What is scavenging in I.C. engine ? State its types.

Answer:

Scavenging :

In two stroke engines , at the end of expansion stroke, combustion chamber is full of products of combustion. This is due to elimination of exhaust stroke like in four stroke engine. Scavenging is the process of clearing the cylinder after the expansion stroke. This is done short duration of time available between end of expansion and start of charging process. Types of scavenging : 1. Uniflow scavenging process 2. Cross scavenging process 3. Loop or reverse scavenging process

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

Draw pilot operated DA cylinder circuit using 4 × 2 DC valve and 3 × 2 pilot valve

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 f )

Question:

Explain with neat sketch working principle of epicyclic gear train.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4 a )

Question:

Generally, the lower side is kept “Tight side” and upper side is kept as “Slack side” with the belt drives having small driving pulley and big driven pulley. Why ?

Answer:

Power transmission in belt drive depends on angle of lap and frictional grip between belt and pulley. As slack side is at upper side angle of lap and grip increases.

4

view
Q 4a)(a)

Question:

Explain the process of combustion in diesel engine.

Answer:

Combustion in CI Engines :The combustion in CI engines is taking place in following stages as shown in figure 1. Ignition delay period: During this period, some fuel has been admitted but not yet ignited. The delay period is a sort of preparatory phase. It is counted from the start of injection to the point where P-ɵ curve separates from air compression curve. 2. Rapid or uncontrolled combustion : In this stage , the pressure rises rapid because during the delay period the fuel droplets have time to spray and have fresh air around them. This period is counted from end of delay period to the max pressure on indicator diagram. 3. Controlled combustion : uncontrolled combustion is followd by controlled combustion stage. The period of this stage assumed to be at the end of max cycle temperature. 4. After burning : It is expected to end combustion process after third stage. Because of poor distribution of fuel particles combustion still continues during remaining part of expansion stroke. This is after burning .

4

view
Q 4a)(b)

Question:

Explain battery ignition in S.I. engine.

Answer:

Battery Ignition system : It consists of a battery of 6 or 12 volts, ignition switch, induction coil, condenser, distributor and a circuit breaker. One terminal of battery is ground to the frame of the engine and other is connected through the ignition switch to one primary terminal of the ignition coil . The other terminal is connected to one end of contact points of the circuit breaker. To start with the ignition switch is made on and the engine is cranked. The contacts touch, the current flows from battery through the switch. A condenser connected across the terminals of the contact breaker points prevent the sparking at these points. The rotating cam breaks open the contacts immediately and breaking of this primary circuit brings about a change in the magnetic fields and voltage changes from 12 to 12000 V. due to the high voltage. The spark jumps across the gap in the spark plug and air fuel mixture is ignited in the cylinder

4

view
Q 4a)(c)

Question:

State the norms of Bharat stage III and IV

Answer:

Bharat stage III and IV norms :

Petrol Emission Norms (All figures in g/km) Emission Norm CO HC NOx HC+NOx PM BS-III 2.30 0.20 0.15 --- --- BS-IV 1.00 0.10 0.08 --- --- Diesel Emission Norms (All figures in g/km) Emission Norm CO HC NOx HC+NOx PM BS-III 0.64 --- 0.50 0.56 0.05 BS-IV 0.50 --- 0.25 0.30 0.025

CO emissions are Carbon Monoxide emissions are are more evident in Petrol engines. Long Term exposure can prevent oxygen transfer and increase headaches/nausea. HC emissions are Hydrocarbons which are again more prevalent in Petrol engines. Short term exposure can cause headaches, vomiting and disorientation. NOx emissions are Nitrogen Oxide emissions which are more prevalent in Diesel engines. Long Term exposure can cause Nose and eye irritation and damage lung tissue. PM is Particulate matter, again more prevalent in a Diesel engine. Long Term exposure can harm the respiratory tract and reduce lung function.

4

view
Q 4a)(d)

Question:

State different methods for improving thermal efficiency of gas turbine and explain any one.

Answer:

 

4

view
Q 4a)(i)

Question:

State four examples of ergonomic considerations in the design of a lathe machine.

Answer:

Ergonomics consideration in the design of Lathe machine Any 4 1) The controls on lathe should be easily accessible and properly positioned. 2) the control operation should involve minimum motions. 3) Height of lathe should be match with worker for operation 4)Lathe machine should make less noise during operation. 5) force& power capacity required in turning the wheel as per operation or human being can apply normally. 6) should get required accuracy in operation.

4

view
Q 4a)(i)

Question:

What is the use of direction control valve? Explain with sketch.

Answer:

1. DC valves are used to release, stop or redirect the fluid that flows through it. 2. DCV is used to control the direction of fluid flow in any hydraulic system and changing the position of internal movable parts. 3. To start, stop, accelerate, decelerate and change the direction of motion of a hydraulic actuator. 4. To permit the free flow from the pump to the reservoir at low pressure when the pump’s delivery is not needed into the system. 5. To vent the relief valve by either electrical or mechanical control. 6. To isolate certain branch of a circuit. The following circuit shows use of 3/2 DC valve. When the lever is operated, port A is connected to exhaust port ,i.e change in direction of the piston. (Alternative sketch can be considered) 

4

view
Q 4a)(ii)

Question:

Write the equation with Wahl’s factor, used for design of helical coil spring. State the SI unit of each term in the equation

Answer:

4

view
Q 4a)(ii)

Question:

Draw bleed off circuit and label it

Answer:

4

view
Q 4a)(iii)

Question:

What are the limitations of pneumatic system?

Answer:

1. Relatively low accuracy: As pneumatic systems are powered by the force provided by compressed air, their operation is subject to the volume of the compressed air. As the volume of air may change when compressed or heated, the supply of air to the system may not be accurate, causing a decrease in the overall accuracy of the system. 2. Low loading: As the cylinders of pneumatic components are not very large, a pneumatic system cannot drive loads that are too heavy. 3. Processing required before use Compressed air must be processed before use to ensure the absence of water vapour or dust. Otherwise, the moving parts of the pneumatic components may wear out quickly due to friction. 4. Uneven moving speed: As air can easily be compressed, the moving speeds of the pistons are relatively uneven. 5. Noise: Noise will be produced when compressed air is released from the pneumatic components. 6. Lubricator: Lubricator is required to add lubricant oil to compressed air to reduce friction.

4

view
Q 4a)(iii)

Question:

State four important modes of gear failure.

Answer:

Modes of Gear Failure: ANY 4 modes 1. Bending failure. Every gear tooth acts as a cantilever. If the total repetitive dynamic load acting on the gear tooth is greater than the beam strength of the gear tooth, then the gear tooth will fail in bending, 2. Pitting. It is the surface fatigue failure which occurs due to many repetition of Hertz contactstresses. 3. Scoring. The excessive heat is generated when there is an excessive surface pressure, high speed or supply of lubricant fails. 4. Abrasive wear. The foreign particles in the lubricants such as dirt, dust or burr enter betweenthe tooth and damage the form of tooth. 5. Corrosive wear. The corrosion of the tooth surfaces is mainly caused due to the presence ofcorrosive elements such as additives present in the lubricating oils

4

view
Q 4a)(iv)

Question:

Draw symbol of: 1) 2 × 2 DC valve 2) Fixed type flow control valve 3) Pressured relief valve. 4) Muffler

Answer:

4

view
Q 4a)(iv)

Question:

State four disadvantages of screwed joints.

Answer:

Four Disadvantages of screwed joints: 1) Screwed joints are weaker than welded joint 2) Screwed joints weakens( due to holes) the parts that are to be joined. 3) Stress concentration in the threaded portion of screw makes them weak. 4) Locking arrangement is required in case of vibrations

 

4

view
Q 4 b )

Question:

Describe with neat sketch the working of Oldham’s coupling.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4b)(a)

Question:

Define – (i) Indicated power, (ii) Mechanical efficiency, (iii) BSFC

Answer:

i) Indicated Power (ip) is defined as the power developed by combustion of fuel in the cylinder of engine. It is always more than brake power. ii) Mechanical efficiency : ηm : It is a measure of mechanical perfection of the engine or its ability to transmit power developed in the engine cylinder to the crank shaft . It is defined as the ratio of brake power to indicated power of the engine

iii) B.S.F.C: It is the weight of fuel required to develop 1KW of the brake power for period of 1 hour. Unit of B.S.F.C is Kg/KW h. It is defined as the amount of fuel consumed per unit of break power developed per hour.

6

view
Q 4b)(b)

Question:

List the additives of lubricant used in S.I engine and state their advantages.

Answer:

Additives (any six ) (1) Detergents – To keep engine parts, such as piston and piston rings, clean & free from deposits. (2) Dispersants – To suspend & disperse material that could form varnishes, sludge etc that clog the engine. (3) Anti – wear – To give added strength & prevent wear of heavily loaded surfaces such as crank shaft rods & main bearings. (4) Corrosion inhibitors – To fight the rust wear caused by acids moisture. Protect vital steel & iron parts from rust & corrosion. (5) Foam inhibitors – control bubble growth, break them up quickly to prevent frothing & allow the oil pump to circulate oil evenly. (6)Viscosity index improver – added to adjust the viscosity of oil. (7) Pour point depressant - improves an oil ability to flow at very low temperature

6

view
Q 4b)(i)

Question:

What is the meaning of unidirectional air motor and bi directional air motor? Explain with sketch and draw symbol of both

Answer:

Operating or moving or allowing movement in one direction only. It runs in one direction only. It does not run in the other direction. Unidirectional motor can be operated by using 3/2 DC valve as shown in fig. Bidirectional air motor: Functioning or allowing movement in two usually opposite directions. It can runs in both direction. Bi-directional motor can be operated by using 4/3 DC valve as shown in fig

6

view
Q 4b)(i)

Question:

Explain the design procedure of shaft on the basis of torsional rigidity. State the equation with SI units. State two applications of this approach.

Answer:

6

view
Q 4b)(ii)

Question:

Compare linear actuators and rotary actuators.

Answer:

6

view
Q 4b)(ii)

Question:

Draw S-N curve. Explain the concept of endurance limit and its need in design of machine elements

Answer:

 

 

Endurance Limit: It is defined as maximum value of the completely reversed bending stress which a polished standard specimen can withstand without failure, for infinite number of cycles (usually 107 cycles).It is known as endurance or fatigue limit (ϭe). Need of Endurance Limit in Machine Design: Endurance limit is used to describe a property of materials: the amplitude (or range) of cyclic stress that can be applied to the material without causing fatigue failure.

6

view
Q 4 c )

Question:

Distinguish between flywheel and governor.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4 d )

Question:

Discuss the working of Rope brake dynamometer with the help of a neat sketch.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4 e )

Question:

Explain the working of internal expanding shoe brake with the help of neat sketch.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4 f )

Question:

Explain the process of balancing of single rotating mass by a single mass rotating in the same plane.

Answer:

m = Mass attached to shafts,

r = Distance of CG from axis of rotation.

Consider mass ‘m’ is attached to rotating shaft at a radius are then the centrifugal force exerted by mass ‘M’ on the shaft is

Fc = Mw2R Where,

W = Angular velocity of shaft

R = Distance of CG from axis of rotation

M = Mass attached to shaft.

Due to continuous rotation of shaft the centrifugal force developed will be continuously changing its direction. It will cause bending moment on shaft. To counter act the effect of centrifugal force the balance weight may be introduced in same plane of rotation. This balance weight should be attached it will result in exactly equal but opposite centrifugal force to that of disturbing weight ‘M’.

The balanced centrifugal force is given by Fb = mbw2Rb For balancing the shaft – Mw2R = mbw2Rb.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

In a slider crank mechanism the length of crank and connecting rod are 100mm and 40mm respectively. The crank rotates uniformly at 600 rpm clockwise. Then crank has turned through 45° from I.D.C. Find by analytical method. (i) Velocity and acceleration of slider (ii) Angular velocity and angular acceleration of connecting rod.

Answer:

8

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

A power screw on a machine has single start square thread with a non rotating bronze nut. Axial force on the screw is 15 kN. Allowable stresses for screw material in compression and shear are 85 MPa and 37 MPa respectively. Allowable bearing pressure for the screw nut pair is 5 MPa. Find (i) Core diameter of screw (ii) Length of the nut (iii) Efficiency of power screw in coefficient of friction between screw and nut is 0.12. (iv) Shear stresses in the threads of screw and nut.

Answer:

 

8

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

Explain with neat sketch construction and working of ice plant.

Answer:

Working of Ice plant: The main cycle used for ice plant is vapor compression cycle with ammonia as the refrigerant in primary circuit and brine solution in secondary circuit. Brine solution takes heat from water in secondary circuit and delivers the heat to ammonia in primary circuit. Thus, the indirect method of cooling is used in ice plant. In secondary circuit brine is cooled in evaporator and then it is circulated around the can which contains water. The heat is extracted from the water in the can and is given to the brine. The brine is contentiously circulated around the can with the help of brine pump till entire water in the can is converted into ice at -6 0 C. Ammonia vapor coming out of evaporator is compressed to high pressure and then these vapors are condensed in the condenser. High pressure liquid ammonia is collected in the receiver and it is passed through the expansion valve to reduce its pressure and temperature as per requirement. The throttle liquid ammonia at low temperature & low pressure enters in evaporator, which are the coils dipped in brine tank. The liquid ammonia absorbs heat from brine and gets converted into vapors, which are drawn by suction line of compressor.

8

view
Q 5a)(i)

Question:

Draw symbol of any three types of Hydraulic motors.

Answer:

8

view
Q 5a)(ii)

Question:

What is impulse circuit? Explain

Answer:

the main valve using the impulse of an impulse valve. As shown in fig. in circuit has two valves ; main valve and impulse valve. Main valve is a single pilot operated spring return type 4/2 direction control valve. Impulse valve is palm button operated spring return type 3/2 direction control valve. In normal position of valves, the double acting cylinder is in retracted position. When the palm button of impulsive valve is pressed manually, compressed air flows to the pilot port of main valve. Hence the speed of main valve will be shifted to the second position. Double acting cylinder is extends.

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

Explain construction and working of gear pump.

Answer:

It consists of a pump housing in which a pair of precisely machined meshing gears runs with minimal radial and axial clearance as shown in fig. One of the gears, called a driver, is driven by a prime mover. The driver drives another gear called a follower. As the teeth of the two gears separate, the fluid from the pump inlet gets trapped between the rotating gear cavities and pump housing. The trapped fluid is then carried around the periphery of the pump casing and delivered to outlet port. The teeth of precisely meshed gears provide almost a perfect seal between the pump inlet and the pump outlet. When the driver is rotated by prime mover and driven will also rotate. Thus partial vacuum is created at the inlet of the pump. Fluid is forced to enter into the pump at atmospheric pressure. Fluid is trapped in the pockets between teeth and the casing and carried towards the outlet port. 

 

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

Draw profile of cam to raise the valve with S.H.M. through 5cm in 120° of revolution, keep it fully raised through 30° and lower it with equal uniform acceleration and retardation through 90° of rotation. The valve remain closed during the rest of rotation. The diameter of the roller is 2 cm and the minimum radius of the cam is 5cm. The axis of the valve rod is offset 2cm from the axis of the shaft. Assume the cam rotating in clockwise direction.

Answer:

 

 

 

 

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

Design a helical compression spring with ground ends. The spring index is 12. Maximum load on the spring is 100N and deflection under maximum load is 15 mm. Allowable shear stress of the material is 100 MPa and modulus of rigidity is 4 MPa. Find wire and spring diameters, number of coils and stiffness of spring.

Answer:

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

A single cylinder reciprocating compressor has a bore of 120 mm and a stroke of 150 mm. and is driven at a speed of 1200 rpm. It is compressing CO2 gas from a pressure of 120 Kpa and temp. of 20°C to a temp. of 215°C. Assuming polytropic compression with n = 1.3, no clearance and volumetric efficiency of 100% calculate (i) pressure ratio, (ii) Indicated power, (iii) shaft power with mech. efficiency 80%, (iv) mass flow rate

Answer:

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

Explain working of directly operated (Poppet type) check valve with neat sketch.

Answer:

When oil under pressure is supplied to port A, the oil exerts pressure on the ball against the spring force, hence the ball will be lifted off from its seat and creates a passage for

 

 

oil to flow. Hence oil can flow from port A to port B. when under pressure is supplied in opposite direction that is to port B, the oil force the ball to sit firmly in its seat, hence the passage is closed by ball. The oil cannot flow port B to port A.

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

Answer:

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

Explain with neat sketch construction and working of constant volume gas turbine.

Answer:

Constant volume gas turbine Working:- Air from surrounding atmosphere is drawn in compressor and is compressed to a pressure of about 3 kN/m2 . The compressed air is then admitted to the combustion chamber through the inlet valve. When inlet valve is closed, the fuel oil is admitted by means of a separate fuel pump into combustion chamber containing compressed air. The mixture (of air and fuel oil) is then ignited by an electric spark, the pressure rising to about 12 kN/m2 , whilst the volume remains constant. Thus combustion takes place at constant volume.

8

view
Q 5c)(i)

Question:

 State the steps involved in selection of a proper ball bearing from a manufacturer’s catalogue.

Answer:

Steps Involved in selection of a proper ball bearing from Manufacture’s Cataloge

8

view
Q 5c)(ii)

Question:

State two engineering applications of each of Acme and Buttress thread profiles with neat sketches.

Answer:

Engg. Application of ACME Thread profiles : 1)screw cutting lathes,2) brass valves,3) cocks and 4) bench vices.

 

8

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

In cold climate why oil tank is equipped with oil heaters? Explain.

Answer:

Oil heaters:  When hydraulic circuit works in cold climate, then oil is solidifies below 5 o C temperature.  To liquefy the oil electrical heater or thermostatic heater are equipped with oil tank.  This increase the operating and maintenance cost of hydraulic system  The cost of hydraulic system is higher.  It heats the oil so that its viscosity increases and it can flow in the system smoothly.  Thermostatically controlled oil heater commonly used

4

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

 What is the necessity of purification of air in compressor and how it is done ?

Answer:

Necessity of purification of air in compressor :

Air contains dust and dirt particles which are dangerous to the compressor valves and operation . so purification of air is necessary. It is the process of separating emulsified, suspended and separate oil as well as other contaminations from water phase of compressed air. Air cleaners are used for purification process of air . it reduces noise level also. Following are different types of air cleaners 1. Oil bath type air cleaner 2. Dry type air cleaner 3. Oil wetted type air cleaner 4. Paper pleated type air cleaner 5. Centrifugal type air cleaner

 

4

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

Derive strength equation for parallel fillet weld subjected to tensile load.

Answer:

Derivation of strength equation for parallel fillet weld subjected to tensile load The parallel fillet welded joints are designed for shear strength. Consider a double parallel fillet welded joint as shown in Fig.

4

view
Q 6a)(i)

Question:

Define the following terms as applied to cam with neat sketch.

(1) Pitch circle

(2) Pressure angle

(3) Stroke of follower

(4) Module

Answer:

(1) Pitch circle- Circle drawn from centre of cam through pitch points.

(2) Pressure angle- Angle between direction of follower motion and normal to pitch curve.

(3) Stroke- Maximum travel of follower from its lowest position to top most position.

(4) Module –(Gears) – Ratio of pitch circle diameter in mm to No. of teeth on gear.

4

view
Q 6a)(ii)

Question:

Differentiate between disc brake and internally expanding brake.

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

State two applications of leaf spring. Draw neat sketch of leaf spring

Answer:

Application of Leaf spring Bus/truck/Car suspension springs, diving board, Sketch of Leaf Spring of semi elliptical Type

 

Given Data: D=250 mm , P=1.5 N/mm2 , n =12 Nos. ,σt = 30 Mpa

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

Compare meter in circuit and meter out circuit

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

PQRS is a four bar chain with link PS fixed. The lengths of links are PQ = 62.5mm, QR = 175mm, RS = 112.5mm and PS = 200mm, The crank PQ rotates at 10 rad/sec clockwise. Draw velocity and acceleration diagram, when angle QPS = 60° and Q and R lie on the same side of PS. Find the angular velocity and angular acceleration of links QR and RS.

Answer:

8

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

A diesel engine has a compression ratio of 14 and cut-off takes place at 6% of stroke. Find the air standard efficiency.

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

A steam engine cylinder has effective diameter of 250 mm. It is subjected to maximum steam pressure of 1.5 MPa. The cylinder cover is fixed to the cylinder with the help of 12 bolts. The pitch circle diameter of bolts is 400 mm. Permissible tensile stress of the bolt material is 30 MPa. Determine nominal diameter of the bolts.

Answer:

 

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

Draw the hydraulic circuit for shaping machine. Explain its working

Answer:

 

Parts of shaper machine: Fixed DA cylinder, spool type DC valve, spool shaft stroke adjusting lever, pump, pressure relief valve, return line with filter, oil reservoir. Working: Forward stroke: As shown in fig ,the pump is supplying oil to DA cylinder through DC valve and through port B. Hence piston will move from right to left with force and this is a cutting stroke. Backward Stroke: When lever touches the stopper, then spool shifts to right and flow directions in DC valve change. The oil is entering through port A of DA cylinder and piston will move from left to right. During this stroke, the tool post slightly lift with ideal stroke.

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

Determine the power lost in a footstep bearing due to friction if a load of 15 kN is supported and the shaft is rotating at 100 r.p.m. The diameter of bearing is 15cm and coefficient of friction is 0.05.

Assume :

(i) Uniform wear condition

(ii) Uniform pressure condition.

Answer:

8

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

Define (i) Dew point temp. (ii) Wet bulb temp

Answer:

i) DPT – Dew point temperature tDP - It is the temperature at which air water vapour mixture starts to condense. D.P.T. of mixture is defined as the temperature at which water vapours starts to condense.

Ii) WBT - Wet bulb temperature - tWB - It is the temperature recorded by thermometer when its bulb is covered with wet cloth known as wick and is exposed to air.

4

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

Differentiate between sliding contact and rolling contact type bearings.

Answer:

 

4

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

Draw constructional details of pneumatic hose. Why hose is required in pneumatic circuits?

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

Explain the principle of Ram jet with neat sketch

Answer:

Ram jet – (Fig – 2 marks ; explanation –2 marks) - Ram jet is also called as ‘Athodyd or flying stove pipe’. - It is a steady combustion or continuous flow engine & has the simplest construction of any propulsion engine. - Consist of inlet diffuser, combustion chamber & exit nozzle. - Air entering into ram jet with supersonic speed is slowed down to sonic speed in supersonic diffuser, increasing air pressure. - The air pressure is further increased in the subsonic diffuser. - The fuel injected into the combustion chamber is burned with the help of flame stabilizers. The high temp & high pressure gases are passed through the nozzle converting the pressure energy into kinetic energy. - It is not self operating at zero flight velocity. It requires launching rockets.

 

4

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

Draw neat sketch of split air conditioner and name the parts.

Answer:

Split Air-conditioner labeled Diagram 02 for figure 02 for labeling

 

4

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

State one application each of (i) Deep groove ball bearing (ii) Taper roller bearing (iii) Thrust roller bearing (iv) Needle roller bearing

Answer:

Application of bearings : …… i) Deep Groove Ball bearing : Electric Motor ii) Taper roller bearing : axle housing of automobile iii) Thrust collar bearing: Clutch of automobile iv) Needle roller bearing: Differential of automobile

4

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

A taper roller bearing has a dynamic load capacity of 26 kN. The desired life for 90% of the bearing is 8000 hr. and speed is 300 rpm. Calculate equivalent radial load that the bearing can carry

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

How can the speed control of any actuator be achieved? Explain the speed control circuit of bi directional air motor with sketch.

Answer:

Speed control of any actuator (Cylinders or motors) can be controlled using flow control valves. Varying the rate of flow of oil will vary the speed of the actuator.(Explanation 1Mark)  In meter in circuit, rate of flow of oil is controlled at inlet of the actuator.  In meter out circuit, rate of flow of oil is controlled at outlet of the actuator.  In bleed off circuit, rate of flow of oil is controlled in the by-pass line leading towards the tank. Speed control of bi-directional air motor: (Sketch 1Marks and Explanation 2 Marks) Bi-directional air motor rotates in clockwise as well as anti-clockwise direction. The speed of bi-directional motor is controlled as shown in fig. The speed control of motor by using variable two flow control valves having built-in check valve and 4x3 DC valve having zero position or central hold position with lever L1 and L2. When lever L1 is operated, port P will be connected to port A of air motor and motor will start rotating in clockwise direction. Its speed can be controlled by using variable flow control valve F1. Port B of motor will be connected to exhaust R and air in motor will be exhausted through port R via DC valve. When lever L2 is operated, pressure port P will be connected to port B of motor and naturally motor will start rotating in anticlockwise direction. Port A will be connected to port R and air in the motor will be exhausted through port R via DC valve.

4

view
Examination: 2015 SUMMER
Que.No Question/Problem marks Link
Q 1a)(a)

Question:

Write the equations for air standard efficiency of otto cycle and diesel cycle and state various terms involved in it.

Answer:

4

view
Q 1a)(a)

Question:

Define kinematic link and kinematic chain. 

Answer:

Each part of a machine, which moves relative to some other part, is known as a kinematic link.

When the kinematic pairs are coupled in such a way that the last link is joined to the first link to transmit definite motion (i.e. completely or successfully constrained motion), it is called a kinematic chain.

2

view
Q 1a)(b)

Question:

 Define : i) Compression ratio (Rc) ii) Swept volume (vs) iii) Cut off ratio iv) Clearance volume (vc)

Answer:

 

4

view
Q 1a)(b)

Question:

Enlist the different type of follower motion.

Answer:

Motion of the Follower :

1. Uniform velocity,                                                             2. Simple harmonic motion,

3. Uniform acceleration and retardation, and             4. Cycloidal motion.

2

view
Q 1a)(c)

Question:

Write uses of compressed air.

Answer:

 Uses of compressed air:- 1. Cleaning automobiles 2. Pneumatic tools 3. Supercharging in I.C. engines 4. Cooling of large building 5. Construction of bridges, roads etc. 6. Spraying points 7. Spraying fuel in high speed diesel engine 8. Starting of I.C. engines

 

4

view
Q 1a)(c)

Question:

Define angle of lap and slip in belt drive.

Answer:

Slip of belt : The motion of belts and shafts assuming a firm frictional grip between the belts and the shafts. But sometimes, the frictional grip becomes insufficient. This may cause some forward motion of the driver without carrying the belt with it. This may also cause some forward motion of the belt without carrying the driven pulley with it. This is called slip of the belt and is generally expressed as a percentage.

Angle of Lap : The angle of lap is defined as the angle subtended by the portion of the belt which is in contact at the pulley surface of the pulley.

2

view
Q 1a)(d)

Question:

State four conditions under which the ‘V’ belt drive is selected.

Answer:

Conditions for ‘V’ Belt drive selection :

 1. Great amount of Power to be transmitted,

2. Requirement of the high velocity ratio (maximum 10).

3. Small Centre distance between the shafts

4. Positive drive requirement

5. Compact Space

2

view
Q 1a)(d)

Question:

Draw a neat sketch of vane compressor and label the different parts.

Answer:

4

view
Q 1a)(e)

Question:

State the function of Governor in an I.C. engine.

Answer:

The function of a governor is to regulate the mean speed of an engine, when there are variations in the load e.g. when the load on an engine increases, its speed decreases, therefore it becomes necessary to increase the supply of working fluid. On the other hand, when the load on the engine decreases, its speed increases and thus less working fluid is required. The governor automatically controls the supply of working fluid to the engine with the varying load conditions and keeps the mean speed within certain limits.

2

view
Q 1a)(f)

Question:

State four applications of flywheel.

Answer:

Applications of flywheel : Used in Internal combustion engines, press machines, mills, punching machines.

2

view
Q 1a)(g)

Question:

Give the classification of dynamometer. State the function of it.

Answer:

Function of dynamometer: A dynamometer is a brake but in addition it has a device to measure the frictional resistance. Knowing the frictional resistance, we may obtain the torque transmitted and hence the power of the engine.

Absorption type dynamometers:

1. Prony brake dynamometer, and 2. Rope brake dynamometer.

Transmission type dynamometers

1. Epicyclic-train dynamometer, 2. Belt transmission dynamometer, and 3. Torsion dynamometer.

2

view
Q 1a)(h)

Question:

Why is balancing of rotating parts necessary for high speed engines ?

Answer:

The high speed of engines and other machines is a common phenomenon now-a-days. It is, therefore, very essential that all the rotating and reciprocating parts should be completely balanced as far as possible. If these parts are not properly balanced, the dynamic forces are set up.

These forces not only increase the loads on bearings and stresses in the various members, but also produce unpleasant and even dangerous vibrations. The balancing of unbalanced forces is caused by rotating masses, in order to minimize pressure on the main bearings when an engine is running.

2

view
Q 1b)(a)

Question:

What is the necessity of I.C. Engine Testing ? What are the different test carried out on I.C. Engines ?

Answer:

Necessity of I.C. engine testing i) To get information, that is not possible to be determine by calculations. ii) To confirm the validity of data used while designing the engine. iii) To satisfy the customer as to rated power with guarantied fuel consumption. iv) To reduce the cost and to improve the power output and reliability of an engine. v) To know & improve the performance of an engine. Test carried out on I.C. Engine – 1) Commercial Tests 2) Thermodynamic Tests 1) Commercial Tests – These tests are carried out in order to check following a) Rated power out-put with guarantied fuel consumption in kg/kw hr b) Quantity of lubricating oil per kw-hr c) Quantity of cooling water per kw-hr d) Steadiness of engine under varied load conditions e) Overload carrying capacity of the engine 2) Thermodynamic Tests – These tests are carried out for the purpose of comparing actual results with theoretical results by measuring following parameters and then drawing heat balance sheet. i) Indicated power ii) Brake power iii) Frictional power iv) Rate of fuel consumption v) Rate of flow of cooling water and its temperature rise vi) Heat carried by exhaust gas

6

view
Q 1b)(a)

Question:

Define completely constrained motion and successfully constrained motion with neat sketch. State one example of each.

Answer:

4

view
Q 1b)(b)

Question:

Explain the procedure for conducting Morse test.

Answer:

6

view
Q 1b)(b)

Question:

Explain working principle of clutch. State its location in transmission system of an automobile.

Answer:

A friction clutch has its principal application in the transmission of power of shafts and machines, which must be started and stopped frequently. The force of friction is used to start the driven shaft from rest and gradually brings it up to the proper speed without excessive slipping of the friction surfaces. In automobiles, friction clutch is used to connect the engine to the driven shaft. In operating such a clutch, care should be taken so that the friction surfaces engage easily and gradually brings the driven shaft up to proper speed.

                                                                                   Location: Between the engine and gear box.

 

4

view
Q 1b)(c)

Question:

Compare cross belt drive and open belt drive on the basis of

(i) velocity ratio

(ii) application

(iii) direction of driven pulley

(iv) length of belt drive

Answer:

             Comparison between cross belt drive and open belt drive :

 

4

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

An I.C. Engine uses 6 kg of fuel having calorific value 44000 kJ/kg in one hour. The IP developed is 18 kW. The temperature of 11.5 kg of cooling water was found to rise through 25°C per minute. The temperature of 42 kg of exhaust gas with specific heat 1 kJ/kg°k was found to rise through 220°C. Draw the heat balance sheet for the engine.

Answer:

 

8

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Differentiate machine and structure on any four points.

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

What is the necessity of multistage compression ? Explain the working of two stage reciprocating air compressor with intercooler, with the help of p-v diagram.

Answer:

Necessity of multistage compression i) As index of compression ‘n’ increases it increases compression work. ii) Increase in pressure ratio (P2/P1) it increases work as well as size of cylinder. iii) Increment in pressure ratio (P2/P1) beyond certain limit, volumetric efficiency decreases while it increases leakage loss on either sides the piston and valves. Due to above pointes and for higher pressure ratio compressor needs multistaging.

Fig. shows arrangement of two stage reciprocating air compressor with inter cooler and its working shown on P.V. diagram plane. Processes occurred in the cycle  - 1 – 2 – suction process by LP cylinder to draw atmospheric pressure  - 2 – 3 – compression process by LP cylinder up to pressure P2  - 3 – 4 – delivery of compressed air into the air cooler  - 4 – 5 – during this process air rejects the heat to the cold water and at the same time suction process by HP cylinder to draw air from air cooler.  - 5 – 6 – compression pressure by HP cylinder up to required pressure P3  - 6 – 7 – delivery of compressed air at required pressure to the point of use. This completes the process and system has shown saving in work shown by shaded portion.

8

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

Explain with neat sketch working principle of Oldham’s coupling.

Answer:

When the driving shaft A is rotated, the flange C (link 1) causes the intermediate piece (link 4) to rotate at the same angle through which the flange has rotated, and it further rotates the flange D (link 3) at the same angle and thus the shaft B rotates. Hence links 1, 3 and 4 have the same angular velocity at every instant. A little consideration will show that there is a sliding motion between the link 4 and each of the other links 1 and 3.

 

4

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

Explain vapour compression refrigeration (for dry saturated state of refrigerant) cycle with the help of P-h and T-s charts.

Answer:

 

 

 

Processes in VCR cycle 1) The point 1 represents condition of refrigerant at entry of compressor which is wet. Process 1 – 2 – Isentropic compression of refrigerant vapour till it becomes dry and saturated. Process 2 – 3 – Condensation of vapour refrigerant up to saturated liquid condition at constant pressure. Process 3 – 4 – Expansion of liquid refrigerant by expansion device. This reduces pressure as well as temperature of liquid refrigerant. Process 4 – 1 – Evaporation of liquid refrigerant in the evaporator thus establishing required refrigerating effect. Thus it completes one cycle of refrigeration. Refrigerating effect = RE = m (h1 – h4) Compressor power = m (h2 – h1) Where m = mass flow rate of refrigerant in kg/sec.

 

8

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

Define linear velocity, angular velocity, absolute velocity and state the relation between linear velocity and angular velocity.

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 d )

Question:

Describe stepwise procedure for determination of velocity and acceleration by Klein’s construction with suitable data.

Answer:

Steps in Klein’s construction :

 Klein’s construction is a simpler construction to get velocity and acceleration diagrams. For example : for reciprocating engine mechanism OPC. draw a circle with PC as diameter as shown. and obtain velocity diagram OCM ie. produce PC to cut perpendicular to line of stroke in ‘M’ . Draw another circle with ‘C’ as center and “CM” as radius cutting the first circle in points K and L. Join “KL” which is the chord common to both the circles. Let it cuts PC and OP in “Q” and “N” respectively. Then “OCQN” is the required quadrilateral which is similar to acceleration diagram.

4

view
Q 2 e )

Question:

Draw a neat sketch of radial cam with roller follower and show the following on it :

(i) Pitch point                      (ii) Pressure angle

(iii) Prime circle                 (iv) Trace point

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 f )

Question:

The central distance between two shaft is 4 m having two pulleys with diameter having 500 mm and 700 mm respectively.

Find length of belt required

(i) for open belt drive

(ii) for cross belt drive

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

Draw actual valve timing diagram for 4-stroke petrol engine.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

Draw a neat labelled sketch of “Multiplate Clutch”.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

Explain turb charging with a neat sketch.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

Why roller follower is preferred over a knife follower ? State two advantages and application of roller follower.

Answer:

In case of knife edge follower there is sliding motion between the contacting surface of cam and follower. Because of small contact area, there is excessive wear; therefore it is not frequently used. Whereas in roller follower there is rolling motion between contacting surfacing and more contact area, therefore rate of wear is greatly reduced.

Advantages: i) Less wear, more life ii) Less side thrust as compared to knife edge follower.

Application: Used in stationary oil and gas engines

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

Explain three way catalytic convertor.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

Write the procedure for balancing of a single rotating mass by single masses rotating in the same plane.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Explain with a neat sketch turbo propeller w.r.to Jet propulsion

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

State the type of power transmission chains. Describe any one with its sketch.

Answer:

Types of power transmission chains :

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

Explain the concept of super heating and sub cooling with the help of P-h and T-s charts

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

PQRS is a four bar chain with PS fixed length of links are PQ = 62.5 mm, QR =175 mm, RS = 112.5 mm, PS = 200 mm. The crank PQ rotate at 10 rad/sec. in clockwise direction. Determine the angular velocity of point R, graphically by using relative velocity method.

 

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 f )

Question:

Crank OA of a mechanism is hinged at ‘O’ and rotates at an angular velocity of 20 rad/sec. and angular acceleration of 25 rad/sec2 . If crank OA is 50 mm long determine linear velocity, centripetal acceleration and tangential acceleration of a point A.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4 a )

Question:

What are the causes of detonation in I.C. engine ?

Answer:

The loud pulsating noise heard within the engine cylinder is known as detonation. The following are the certain factors which causes detonation. (1) The shape of the combustion chamber. (2) The relative position of the sparking plugs in case of petrol engines. (3) The chemical nature of the fuel. (4) The initial temp & pressure of fuel (5) The rate of combustion of that portion of fuel which is the first to ignite. This portion of fuel in heating up , compresses the remaining unburnt fuel, thus producing the condition for auto ignition to occur.

 

4

view
Q 4 a )

Question:

Explain the phenomenon of slip and creep in a belt drive. State its effect on velocity ratio.

Answer:

Slip of the belt:  A firm frictional grip between belt and shaft is essential. But sometimes it becomes insufficient. This may cause some forward motion of the belt without carrying the driven pulley with it. This called as slip of the belt. It is expressed as a percentage.

Effect on velocity ratio: Result of belt slipping is to reduce the velocity ratio of the system.

Creep in belt drive : When the belt passes from slack side to tight side, a certain portion of the belt extends and it contracts again when the belt passes from tight sight to slack side. Due to these changes in length, there is a relative motion between the belt and the pulley surfaces. This relative motion is called as creep.

Effect on velocity ratio: The total effect of creep is to reduce slightly the speed of the driven pulley or follower.

4

view
Q 4 b )

Question:

What are the effects of pollutants on environment ?

Answer:

The major air pollutants emitted by petrol & diesel engines are CO2, CO, HC, NOx, SO2, smoke & lead vapour. Effect of CO: (1) Carbon monoxide combines with hemoglobin forming carboy hemoglobin ,which reduces oxygen carrying capacity of blood. (2) This leads to laziness, exhaustion of body & headache. (3) Prolong exposure can even leads to death. (4) It also affects cardiovascular system, thereby causing heart problem Effect of CO2: Causes respiratory disorder & suffocation. Effect of NOx: • It causes respiration irritation, headache, bronchitis, pulmonary emphysema, impairment of lung, loss of appetite , & corrosion of teeth to human body. Effect of HC: • It has effect like reduced visibility, eye irritation , peculiar odour & damage to vegetation & acceleration the cracking of rubber products. • It induce cancer, affect DNA & cell growth are know a carcinogens. Effect of SO2: It is toxic & corrosive gas, human respiratory track of animals, plants & crops

4

view
Q 4 b )

Question:

Explain with the diagram working of crank and slotted lever quick return mechanism.

Answer:

Crank and slotted lever quick return motion mechanism:

 This mechanism is mostly used in shaping machines, slotting machines and in rotary internal combustion engines. In this mechanism, the link AC (i.e. link 3) forming the turning pair is fixed, as shown in fig. The link 3 corresponds to the connecting rod of a reciprocating steam engine. The driving crank CB revolves with uniform angular speed about the fixed centre C. A sliding block attached to the crank pin at B slides along the slotted bar AP and thus causes AP to oscillate about the pivoted point A. A short link PR transmits the motion from AP to the ram which carries the tool and reciprocates along the line of stroke R1R2. The line of stroke of the ram (i.e. R1R2) is perpendicular to AC produced.

 

4

view
Q 4b)(a)

Question:

Explain with neat sketch turning moment diagram for a four-stroke engine.

Answer:

6

view
Q 4b)(b)

Question:

The following results were obtained during Morse test on 4-stroke petrol engine. B.P. developed when all cylinders are working = 16.2 kW. B.P. developed when cylinder No. 1 cutt off = 11.55 kW. B.P. developed when cylinder No. 2 cut off = 11.63 kW B.P. developed when cylinder No. 3 cut off = 11.68 kW B.P. developed when cylinder No. 4 cut off = 11.51 kW Calculate mechanical efficiency of engine.

Answer:

6

view
Q 4 c )

Question:

What are the methods to improve thermal efficiency of gas turbine ? Explain any one method.

Answer:

 

 

 

 

4

view
Q 4 c )

Question:

Explain with sketch working of hartnell governor.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4 d )

Question:

Explain working of hydraulic brake dynamometer with sketch.

Answer:

Hydraulic dynamometer is also called as water brake absorber. Invented by British engineer William Froude in 1877 in response to a request by the Admiralty to produce a machine capable of absorbing and measuring the power of large naval engines, water brake absorbers are relatively common today. The schematic shows the most common type of water brake, known as the "variable level" type. Water is added until the engine is held at a steady RPM against the load, with the water then kept at that level and replaced by constant draining and refilling (which is needed to carry away the heat created by absorbing the horsepower). The housing attempts to rotate in response to the torque produced, but are restrained by the scale or torque metering cell that measures the torque.

4

view
Q 4 d )

Question:

What is jet propulsion ? Give the classification of jet propulsion system.

Answer:

Jet Propulsion: This is done by expanding the gas which is at high temperature & pressure through the nozzle so that the gas with very high velocity leaves the nozzle giving thrust in opposite direction. - Principle is based on Newton’s Second & third law of motion. Jet propulsion – Classification (1) Atmospheric jet engines (breathing engine) -Turbojet engine - Turbo prop engines - Ram jet (2) Rocket engine (Non - breathing engine)

4

view
Q 4 e )

Question:

Three masses 10 kg, 20 kg and 15 kg are attached at a point at radii of 20 cm, 25 cm and 15 cm respectively. If the angle between successive masses is 60° and 90°. Determine analytically the balancing mass to be attached at radius of 30 cm.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4 f )

Question:

A thrust shaft of a ship has 6 collar of 600 mm external diameter and 300 mm internal diameter. The total thrust from the propeller shaft is 100 kN. If the coefficient of friction is 0.12 and speed of engine 90 rpm. Find power absorbed in friction at the thrust block using uniform pressure intensity condition.

Answer:

4

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

Differentiate between reciprocating and rotary compressors

Answer:

8

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

In reciprocating engine the crank is 250 mm long and connecting rod is 1000 mm long. The crank rotate at 150 rpm. Find velocity and acceleration of piston and angular velocity and angular acceleration of connecting rod when the crank makes an angle of 30° to IDC. Use analytical method.

Answer:

Solution of problem on Reciprocating Engine :

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

Explain intercooling and reheating in gas turbine with the help of T-S diagram.

Answer:

LPC – LOW pressure cylinder HPC – high pressure cylinder CC – combustion chamber T – Turbine ( 2+ 2 marks) The net work of gas turbine cycle may be increased by saving some compression work. This is done by using several stages of compression with inter cooling of air between stages. The air from first stage of compression is cooled in inter cooler approximately to its initial temperature before entering to second stage of compressor. The effect of inter cooling is to decrease the network and increase the efficiency as compared to the simple ideal cycle without inter cooling. The ideal open gas turbine with inter cooling can be shown as 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 – 6 In first stage compressor atmospheric air is compressed from P1 to P2, it is them cooled from temperature T2 to T3 = T1 in the inter cooler at constant inter mediate pressure Px and finally compressed from Px to P2 in second stage or compressor.

ii) Gas turbine with reheatingCC – Combustion Chamber C – Compressor

 

 

By reheating or adding heat to exhaust gases after have passed through a part of the rows of turbine balding (or stages), a further increase in work done obtained. In reheating, the gas temperature which has dropped due to expansion is brought back to approximately the initial temperature for expansion in next stage. Since the working fluid contains about 85% of air, additional fuel can be burnt by injecting it into the gases without any additional air supply. The reheat cycle can be shown as 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5 – 6. The combustion gases from combustion chamber CC1 at temperature T3 is partially expanded in the HP turbine from P2 to intermediate pressure Px. After this, it is them passed through combustion chamber CC2 where it is reheated at constant pressure Px so that the temperature of gas is raised from T4 to T5. After this gas is expanded in second stage of turbine reheating is shown by shaded area

 

 

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

Construct a cam profile with knife edge follower having an offset of 10 mm for the following data :

Outstroke = 60° with SHM

Dwell = 30°

Return = 60° with uniform velocity and remaining is dwell period.

Minimum radius of cam = 50 mm

Lift of follower = 25 mm

Consider the rotation of cam in clockwise direction.

Answer:

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

Draw a neat sketch of vapour compression refrigeration cycle. Describe its working

Answer:

 

Vapour compression refrigeration cycle Vapour compression refrigeration cycle consist of four different processes 1) Compression 2) Condensation 3) Expansion 4) Evaporation Components and its functions 1) Compressor – The low pressure & temperature refrigerant from evaporator is drawn into compressor. It is compressed to a high pressure & high temp. vapour refrigerant is discharged into condenser. 2) Condenser – High pressure & temperature vapour refrigerant is cooled and condensed by using air or water & form liquid vapour refrigerant. Heat is rejected 3) Expansion valve – to control flow of refrigerant and reducing it pressure and temperature 4) Evaporator – liquid vapour refrigerant at low pressure and low temperature is evaporated by absorbing heat from system or substance and change into vapour refrigerant.

 

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

A belt is required to transmit 10 kW from a motor running at 600 rpm. The belt is 12 mm thick and has a mass density 0.001 gm/mm3 . Safe stress in the belt is not to exceed 2.5 N/mm2 , diameter of the driving pulley is 250 mm whereas the speed of the driven pulley is 200 rpm. The two shafts are 1.25 m apart. The coefficient of friction is 0.25, determine

(1) Angle of contact at driving pulley

(2) The width of the belt

Answer:

8

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

What is MPFI ? Explain any one MPFI system with neat sketch.

Answer:

The MPFI means multi point injection system. In this system each cylinder has number of injector to supply/ spray fuel in cylinder as compared to one injector located centrally to supply and spray fuel in case of single point injection system

 

 

4

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

State the strength equations of double parallel fillet weld and single transverse fillet weld with neat sketches.

Answer:

 

Let t = Throat thickness (BD), s = Leg or size of weld, = Thickness of plate, and l = Length of weld, From Fig. 10.7, from above we find that the throat thickness, t = s × sin 45° = 0.707 s ∴*Minimum area of the weld or throat area, A = Throat thickness ×Length of weld= t × l = 0.707 s × l…….. If σt is the allowable tensile stress for the weld metal, then the tensile strength of the joint for single fillet weld, P = Throat area × Allowable tensile stress = 0.707 s × l × σt…….. and tensile strength of the joint for double fillet weld, P = 2 × 0.707 s × l × σt = 1.414 s × l × σt……..If τ is the allowable shear stress for the weld metal, then the shear strength of the joint for single parallel fillet weld, P = Throat area × Allowable shear stress = 0.707 s × l × τ and shear strength of the joint for double parallel fillet weld, P = 2 × 0.707 × s × l × τ = 1.414 s × l × τ …… The strength of the joint is given by the sum of strengths of single transverse and double parallel fillet welds. Mathematically, P = 0.707s × l1 × σt + 1.414 s × l2 × τ

8

view
Q 6a)(i)

Question:

(i) Define ‘Gear Train’. State its purpose and types of gear train.

 

Answer:

Definition: When two or more gears are made to mesh with each other to transmit power from one shaft to another. Such a combination is called gear train

Purpose: The purpose of the train used is

To obtain correct & required velocity ratio between driver & driven shafts.

To decide upon the relative position of the axes of shafts.

To decide upon amount of power to be transmitted between shafts

Types: Following are the different types of gear trains, depending upon the arrangement of wheels :

1. Simple gear train,

2. Compound gear train,

3. Reverted gear train, and

4. Epicyclic gear train.

4

view
Q 6a)(ii)

Question:

Explain the concept of fluctuation of energy related with turning moment diagram with sketch.

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

A simple band brake is operated by lever 40 cm long. The brake drum diameter is 40 cm and brake band embrance 5/8 of its circumference. One end of band is attached to a fulcrum of lever while other end attached to pin 8 cm from fulcrum. The coefficient of friction 0.25. The effort applied at the end of lever is 500 N. Find braking torque applied if drum rotates anticlockwise and acts downwards.

Answer:

8

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

Explain the working principle of jet propulsion with a neat sketch.

Answer:

Working principle of jet propulsion - Jet propulsion is based on Newton’s second law and third law’s of motion. - Means producing forward axial thrust by means of reaction of jet of gases which are discharged rearward with a high velocity (aircraft, missile & submarine) - As applied to vehicle operating in fluid, a momentum is imparted to a mass of fluid in a such a manner that the reaction of imparted momentum furnishes a propulsive force. The magnitude of this propulsive force is termed as thrust. - For efficient production of large power, fuel is burnt in an atmospheric of compressed air combustion chamber, the product of combustion expanding first in gas turbine which drive the air compressor and second in nozzle from which thrust is desired for turbojet engine.

 

Turbojet consist of 1) Diffuser 2) Compressor 3) Combustion chamber 4) Turbine 5) Jet-nozzle. Function – Diffuser is to convert the K.E. or air into state pressure rise, air is compressed in compressor air is entered into combustion chamber where fuel is supplied and combustion take places at const. It expanded in

urbine where drops or pressure & increased in velocity. After gases leaves the turbine, they further expanded in nozzle & its leaves with high velocity to produce forward thrust…

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

An engine of a car has a single plate clutch developed maximum torque 147 N-m. External diameter of clutch plate is 1.2 times its internal diameter. Determine the dimension of clutch plate and axial force provided by the spring. The maximum pressure intensity of the clutch facing 98 kN/m2 and coefficient of friction is 0.3. Assume uniform wear condition.

Answer:

8

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

Difference between Heat Pump and Refrigerator explain.

Answer:

Difference Heat Pump Refrigerator

Difference heat pump refrigerator is elaborated in the following table. Actually both devices are same but just the application is different.

Difference  Heat Pump  Refrigerator
HEAT PUMP Refrigerator
1) Heat pump is a device to maintain temperature of the system above the atmospheric temperature. 1)Refrigerator is a device used to maintain the temperature of the system below the atmospheric temperature.
2) Heat pump transfers heat energy from low temp thermal reservoir to High temperature thermal reservoir with the help of external work, with useful space is high temperature reservoir. 2) A refrigerator transfers heat energy from low temperature reservoir to high temperature reservoir with the help of external work, the only difference is that the useful space is Low temperature reservoir.
3) Evaporator is located outside room or external space. 3) Evaporator is located inside room or internal space.
4) Condenser is located inside room or internal space. 4) Condenser is located outside room or external space.

 

Difference Heat Pump Refrigerator

 

More details about difference  heatpump  refrigerator

 Heat Pump :A heat pump is essentially an air conditioner installed in backward direction. It extracts energy from colder air outside the room and deposits it in a warmer room inside. 

Difference Heat Pump Refrigerator

Refrigerator ( or Air conditioner) does exactly opposite to that of heat pump. It extracts heat from clolder room inside and throws it outside which is already hotter than inside room.

Difference Heat Pump Refrigerator

4

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

Explain the working of window air conditioner with neat sketch.

Answer:

The low pressure and low temperature refrigerant vapour from evaporator is sucked by compressor. The compressor compresses the vapour to high pressure and high temperature and discharges to the condenser. On the condenser the refrigerant vapour condenses by dissipating heat to the cooling medium (air) the liquid refrigerant coming out of condenser passes through filter, dryer into capillary tube where it is again throated back to the evaporated pressure. The low pressure low temp liquid refrigerant then flows to evaporator which it boil off by extracting heat from air to be circuited to the conditioned space.

4

view
Examination: 2015 WINTER
Que.No Question/Problem marks Link
Q 1a)(a)

Question:

An engine of diameter 250 mm and 375 mm stroke works on otto cycle. The clearance volume is 0.00263 m3, find the air standard efficiency of cycle also sketch the cycle on P-V plane.

Answer:

4

view
Q 1a)(b)

Question:

State any four industrial uses of compressed air.

Answer:

1) To drive air motors in coal mines. 2) To inject fuel in air injection diesel engines. 3) To operate pneumatic drills, hammers, hoists, sand blasters. 4) For cleaning purposes. 5) To cool large buildings. 6) In the processing of food and farm maintenance. 7) For spray painting in paint industry. 8) In automobile & railway braking systems. 9) To operate air tools like air guns. 10) To hold & index cutting tools on machines like milling / cnc machines.

4

view
Q 1a)(c)

Question:

Define the following terms related to compressor. i) Compressor capacity ii) Free air delivered iii) Volumetric efficiency iv) Mechanical efficiency

Answer:

i] Compressor capacity:-  It is the volume of air delivered by the compressor in m3 per minute  It is express in m3 /min ii) FAD:-  It is the volume of air delivered by compressor under the intake conditions of temperature and pressure.  Capacity of compressor is generally given in terms of free air delivery.  Unit = m3 /cycle iii) Volumetric Efficiency: It is the ratio of actual volume of air delivered at standard atmospheric condition discharge in one delivery stroke to the swept volume by the piston during the stroke.iv) Mechanical Efficiency: It is the ratio of Indicated power to shaft (brake) power.

4

view
Q 1a)(d)

Question:

What is pre-ignition ? State any two factors responsible for pre-ignition.

Answer:

In S.I. engine, the spark is timed to occur at a definite point just before the end of the compression stroke. If the ignition starts, due to any other reason, when the piston is still doing its compression stroke, it is known as pre – ignition.  Following factors are responsible for Pre – ignition 1) High compression ratio 2) Overheated spark plug 3) Incandescent carbon deposit in cylinder wall 4) Overheated exhaust valve 5) It may occur due to faulty timing of spark production

4

view
Q 1a)(i)

Question:

Define - 1. Mechanism  2.Inversion

Answer:

1. Mechanism : When one of the links of a kinematic chain is fixed, the chain is known as mechanism.

2. Inversion of mechanism The method of obtaining different mechanisms by fixing different links in a kinematic chain, is known as inversion of the mechanism. So we can obtain as many mechanisms as the number of links in a kinematic chain by fixing, in turn, different links in a kinematic chain.

2

view
Q 1a)(ii)

Question:

State any two types of motion of the follower.

 

Answer:

The follower during its travel may have one of the following motions.

1. Uniform velocity,

2. Simple harmonic motion,

3. Uniform acceleration and retardation,

4. Cycloidal motion.

2

view
Q 1a)(ii)

Question:

Differentiate between Knuckle joint and Cotter joint. (any four points of difference)

Answer:

4

view
Q 1a)(iii)

Question:

Define slip and creep in the belt.

Answer:

Slip : When the frictional grip becomes insufficient. This may cause some forward motion of the driver without carrying the belt with it. This may also cause some forward motion of the belt without carrying the driven pulley with it. This is called slip of the belt and is generally expressed as a percentage. Creep : When the belt passes from the slack side to the tight side, a certain portion of the belt extends and it contracts again when the belt passes from the tight side to slack side. Due to these changes of length, there is a relative motion between the belt and the pulley surfaces. This relative motion is termed as creep.

2

view
Q 1a)(iii)

Question:

Write Lewis equation for strength of gear tooth. State the meaning of each term

Answer:

 

 

4

view
Q 1a)(iv)

Question:

State any two advantages of V belt drive over flat belt drive.

Answer:

Advantages -1. The V-belt drive gives compactness due to the small distance between the centres of pulleys.

2. The drive is positive, because the slip between the belt and the pulley groove is negligible.

3. Since the V-belts are made endless and there is no joint trouble, therefore the drive is smooth.

4. It provides longer life of 3 to 5 years.

5. It can be easily installed and removed.

6. The operation of the belt and pulley is quiet.

7. The belts have the ability to cushion the shock when machines are started.

8. The high velocity ratio (maximum 10) may be obtained.

9. The wedging action of the belt in the groove gives high value of limiting ratio of tensions. Therefore the power transmitted by V-belts is more than flat belts for the same coefficient of friction, arc of contact and allowable tension in the belts.

10. The V-belt may be operated in either direction with tight side of the belt at the top or bottom. The centre line may be horizontal, vertical or inclined.

2

view
Q 1a)(iv)

Question:

State four different thread profiles used in power transmission. Draw neat sketches of any two of them.

Answer:

Following are the three types of screw threads mostly used for power screws: 1. Square thread. 2. Acme threads 3.trapezoidal thread. 3. Buttress thread

4

view
Q 1a)(l)

Question:

What are the steps involved in general design procedure? Explain.

Answer:

1. Recognition of need. First of all, make a complete statement of the problem, indicating the need, aim or purpose for which the machine is to be designed. 2. Synthesis (Mechanisms). Select the possible mechanism or group of mechanisms which will give the desired motion. 3. Analysis of forces. Find the forces acting on each member of the machine and the energy transmitted by each member. 4. Material selection. Select the material best suited for each member of the machine. 5. Design of elements (Size and Stresses). Find the size of each member of the machine by considering the force acting on the member and the permissible stresses for the material used. It should be kept in mind that each member should not deflect or deform than the permissible limit. 6. Modification. Modify the size of the member to agree with the past experience and judgment to facilitate manufacture. The modification may also be necessary by consideration of manufacturing to reduce overall cost. 7. Detailed drawing. Draw the detailed drawing of each component and the assembly of the machine with complete specification for the manufacturing processes suggested. Prepare assembly drawing giving part numbers, overall dimensions and part list. The component drawing is supplied to the shop flow for manufacturing purpose, while assembly drawing is supplied to the assembly shop 8. Production. The component, as per the drawing, is manufactured in the workshop

 

4

view
Q 1a)(l)

Question:

What is stress concentration? Explain any four methods to reduce it.

Answer:

Stress Concentration: Whenever a machine component changes the shape of its cross-section, the simple stress distribution no longer holds good and the neighborhood of the discontinuity is different. This irregularity in the stress distribution caused by abrupt changes of form is called stress concentration. It occurs for all kinds of stresses in the presence of fillets, notches, holes, keyways, splines, surface roughness or scratches etc.

Causes of stress concentration are as under. i) Abrupt changes in cross-section like in keyway, steps, grooves, threaded holes results in stress concentration. ii) Poor surface finish – The surface irregularities is also one of the reason for stress concentration.

iii) Localized loading – Due to heavy load on small area the stress concentration occurs in the vicinity of loaded area. iv)Variation in material properties – Particularly defects like internal flaws, voids, cracks, air holes, cavities also results in stress concentration.

Two methods of reducing stress concentration :( Any two Methods with sketch 4 Marks ) 1) Introducing additional notches and holes in tension member 2) Fillet radius ,undercutting & notches for member I bending 3) Reduction of stress concentration in threaded portion 4) Drilling additional holes for shaft

 

 

6

view
Q 1a)(v)

Question:

State the function of flywheel in IC engine.

Answer:

A flywheel controls the speed variations caused by the fluctuation of the engine turning moment during each cycle of operation.

A flywheel used in machines serves as a reservoir, which stores energy during the period when the supply of energy is more than the requirement, and releases it during the period when the requirement of energy is more than the supply.

2

view
Q 1a)(vi)

Question:

Define stability and hunting of governor.​

Answer:

Stability of governor : 

A governor is said to be stable when for every speed within the working range there is a definite configuration i.e. there is only one radius of rotation of the governor balls at which the governor is in equilibrium. For a stable governor, if the equilibrium speed increases, the radius of governor balls must also increase.

Hunting of governor :

A governor is said to be hunt if the speed of the engine fluctuates continuously above and below the mean speed. This is caused by a too sensitive governor which changes the fuel supply by a large amount when a small change in the speed of rotation takes place.

2

view
Q 1a)(vii)

Question:

Compare brakes and dynamometers (two points).

Answer:

Brakes : A brake is a device by means of which artificial frictional resistance is applied to a moving machine member, in order to retard or stop the motion of a machine.

Types : Hydraulic brakes

1.Electric brakes  2.Mechanical brakes.

The brake absorbs either kinetic energy of the moving member or potential energy given up by objects being lowered by hoists, elevators etc.

The energy absorbed by brakes is dissipated in the form of heat.

This heat is dissipated in the surrounding air (or water which is circulated through the passages in the brake drum) so that excessive heating of the brake lining does not take place.

Dynamometers : A dynamometer is a brake but in addition it has a device to measure the frictional resistance.

Knowing the frictional resistance, we may obtain the torque transmitted and hence the power of the engine.

Types : 1. Absorption dynamometers, and 2. Transmission dynamometers

2

view
Q 1a)(viii)

Question:

State any two adverse effects of imbalance.​

Answer:

All the rotating and reciprocating parts should be completely balanced as far as possible. If these parts are not properly balanced,

The dynamic forces are set up.

These forces increase the loads on bearings and stresses in the various members.

Also produce unpleasant and even dangerous vibrations.

2

view
Q 1b)(a)

Question:

A petrol engine working on otto cycle has compression ratio 8 and consumes 1 kg of air per minute. If maximum temperature during the cycle is 2001 k and minimum temperature is 299 k. Find power developed by engine.

Answer:

6

view
Q 1b)(b)

Question:

Write any three pollutants in exhaust gasses of petrol and diesel engine with their effects on environment.

Answer:

The major air pollutants emitted by petrol & diesel engines are CO2, CO, HC, NOx, SO2, smoke & lead vapour. Effect of CO:  Carbon monoxide combines with hemoglobin forming carboy hemoglobin ,which reduces oxygen carrying capacity of blood.  This leads to laziness, exhaustion of body & headache.  Prolong exposure can even leads to death.  It also affects cardiovascular system, thereby causing heart problem Effect of CO2: Causes respiratory disorder & suffocation. Effect of NOx: It causes respiration irritation, headache, bronchitis, pulmonary emphysema, impairment of lungs, and loss of appetite & corrosion of teeth to human body. Effect of HC: • It has effect like reduced visibility, eye irritation, peculiar odour & damage to vegetation & acceleration the cracking of rubber products. • It induce cancer, affect DNA & cell growth are know a carcinogens. Effect of SO2: It is toxic & corrosive gas, human respiratory track of animals, plants & crops

6

view
Q 1b)(i)

Question:

Draw neat labeled sketch of crank and slotted lever mechanism. Label all parts.

Answer:

2

view
Q 1b)(ii)

Question:

A shaft 1000 mm long is supported between two bearings. A pulley of 250 mm diameter is keyed at 400 mm distance away from left hand bearing. The power transmitted by shaft is 10 kW at 800 r.p.m. The pulley gives power to another pulley vertically below it having an angle of contact between pulley and belt as 180°. The weight of pulley is 300 N. The coefficient of friction between belt and pulley is 0.15. Take shear stress for shaft material as 60 MPa. Find the diameter of the shaft.

Answer:

6

view
Q 1b)(ii)

Question:

What is the necessity of clutch? State its types.

Answer:

Necessity: A clutch is necessary for the transmission of power of shafts and machines which must be started and stopped frequently. Its application is also found in cases in which power is to be delivered to machines partially or fully loaded. The force of friction is used to start the driven shaft from rest and gradually brings it up to the proper speed without excessive slipping of the friction surfaces.

In automobiles, friction clutch is used to connect the engine to the driven shaft. It may be noted that -

1. The contact surfaces should develop a frictional force that may pick up and hold the load with reasonably low pressure between the contact surfaces.

2. The heat of friction should be rapidly dissipated and tendency to grab should be at a minimum.

3. The surfaces should be backed by a material stiff enough to ensure a reasonably uniform distribution of pressure.

Types :

1. Disc or plate clutches (single disc or multiple disc clutch),

2. Cone clutches, and

3. Centrifugal clutches.

2

view
Q 1b)(iii)

Question:

Draw the neat sketch of epicyclic gear train and explain how it works.

Answer:

In an epicyclic gear train, the axes of the shafts, over which the gears are mounted, may move relative to a fixed axis. A simple epicyclic gear train is shown in Fig. where a gear A and the arm C have a common axis at 1 about which they can rotate. The gear B meshes with gear A and has its axis on the arm at O2, about which the gear B can rotate. If the arm is fixed, the gear train is simple and gear A can drive gear B or viceversa, but if gear A is fixed and the arm is rotated about the axis of gear A (i.e. O1), then the gear B is forced to rotate upon and around gear A. Such a motion is called epicyclic and the gear trains arranged in such a manner that one or more of their members moves upon and around another member are known as epicyclic gear trains (epi - means upon and cyclic means around). The epicyclic gear trains may be simple or compound.

The epicyclic gear trains are useful for transmitting high velocity ratios with gears of moderate size in a comparatively lesser space. The epicyclic gear trains are used in the back gear of lathe, differential gears of the automobiles, hoists, pulley blocks, wrist watches etc.

 

4

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Explain the design procedure of handlever with neat sketch.

Answer:

 

 

 

8

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Compare Reciprocating air compressor and Rotary air compressor mentioning the basis of comparison (any 8 points)

Answer:

8

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

State and explain various types of constrained motions with suitable examples.

Answer:

Types of Constrained Motions :

Following are the three types of constrained motions:

1. Completely constrained motion: When the motion between a pair is limited to a definite direction irrespective of the direction of force applied, then the motion is said to be a completely constrained motion. For example, the piston and cylinder (in a steam engine) form a pair and the motion of the piston is limited to a definite direction (i.e. it will only reciprocate) relative to the cylinder irrespective of the direction of motion of the crank.

2. Incompletely constrained motion: When the motion between a pair can take place in more than one direction, then the motion is called an incompletely constrained motion. The change in the direction of impressed force may alter the direction of relative motion between the pair. A circular bar or shaft in a circular hole is an example of an incompletely constrained motion as it may either rotate or slide in a hole. These both motions have no relationship with the other.

3. Successfully constrained motion: When the motion between the elements, forming a pair, is such that the constrained motion is not completed by itself, but by some other means, then the motion is said to be successfully constrained motion. Consider a shaft in a foot-step bearing. The shaft may rotate in a bearing or it may move upwards. This is a case of incompletely constrained motion. But if the load is placed on the shaft to prevent axial upward movement of the shaft, then the motion of the pair is said to be successfully constrained motion.

4

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

Explain the design procedure of bush pin type flexible coupling with neat sketch

Answer:

It consist of two shafts, two key, flanges, key, pin, rubber bush, brass bush, & pin ,following are the designations of various coupling dimensions which are use for the design procedure.

 

 

 

8

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

Explain sensible heating and cooling with dehumidification by sketching it on outline diagram of psychrometric chart

Answer:

Heating with Dehumidification process : By this process, specific humidity of air decreases and its dry bulb temperature increases. This type of process is suitable for industrial air conditioning where low relative humidity is required. This process is achieved by passing a stream of air over chemicals which have an affinity for water. The process is shown in figure. 

 

  Cooling with Dehumidification process : This process is used when atmospheric condition is hot and humid. To decrease the humidity of air it is passed over a cooling coil whose temperature is less than dew point temperature of air. As the air passes over the cooling coil, the moisture in air condenses and its temperature is also decreased

8

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

Draw the neat labeled sketch of Oldham’s coupling. State its applications.

Answer:

Applications:

An Oldham's coupling is used for connecting two parallel shafts whose axes are at a small distance apart.

Used to transmit motion and power.

4

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

Define the terms linear velocity, relative velocity, angular velocity and angular acceleration.

Answer:

4

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

The following observations were made during the test on an oil engine BP of engine = 31.5 kW, fuel used = 10.5 kg/hr, C.V. of fuel = 43,000 kJ/kg, jacket circulating water = 540 kg/hr, rise in temperature of cooling water = 56°C, water circulated through exhaust gas calorimeter = 545 kg/hr, rise in temperature of water passing through exhaust gas calorimeter = 36°C, temperature of exhaust gas leaving the exhaust gas calorimeter = 82°C, A : F ratio = 19:1, ambient temperature = 17°C, Cp for exhaust gases = 1 kJ/kg°k. Draw up the heat balance sheet on minute basis.

Answer:

8

view
Q 2c)(i)

Question:

Explain with neat sketch the stress-strain diagram for ductile material.

Answer:

 

Point A: Proportional limit Point B: Elastic limit Point c: Upper yield point Point D: Lower yield point Point E: Ultimate tensile stress point Point F: Breaking Stress point. 1. Proportional limit. We see from the diagram that from point O to A is a straight line, which represents that the stress is proportional to strain. Beyond point A, the curve slightly deviates from the straight line. It is thus obvious, that Hooke's law holds good up to point A and it is known as proportional limit. It is defined as that stress at which the stress-strain curve begins to deviate from the straight line. 2. Elastic limit. It may be noted that even if the load is increased beyond point A upto the point B, the material will regain its shape and size when the load is removed. This means that the material has elastic properties up to the point B. This point is known as elastic limit. It is defined as the stress developed in the material without any permanent set. 3. Yield point. If the material is stressed beyond point B, the plastic stage will reach i.e. on the the load, the material will not be able to recover its original size and shape. A little consideration will show that beyond point B, the strain increases at a faster rate with any increase in the stress until the point C is reached. At this point, the material yields before the load and there is an appreciable strain without any increase in stress. In case of mild steel, it will be seen that a small load drops to D, immediately after yielding commences. Hence there are two yield points C and D. The points C and D are called the upper and lower yield points respectively. The stress corresponding to yield point is known as yield point stress. 4. Ultimate stress. At D, the specimen regains some strength and higher values of stresses are required for higher strains, than those between A and D. The stress (or load) goes on increasing till the point E is reached. The gradual increase in the strain (or length) of the specimen is followed with the uniform reduction of its cross-sectional area. The work done, during stretching the specimen, is transformed largely into heat and the specimen becomes hot. At E, the stress, which attains its maximum value is known as ultimate stress. Itis defined as the largest stress obtained by dividing the largest value of the load reached in a test to the original cross-sectional area of the test piece. 5. Breaking stress. After the specimen has reached the ultimate stress, a neck is formed, which decreases the cross-sectional area ofthe specimen, as shown in Fig. The stress is, therefore, reduced until the the specimen breaks away at point F. The stress corresponding to point F is known as breaking stress.

8

view
Q 2c)(ii)

Question:

Design ‘‘C’’ clamp frame for a total clamping force of 20 kN. The cross-section of the frame is rectangular and width to thickness ratio is 2. The distance between the load line and natural axis of rectangular cross section is 120 mm and the gap between two faces is 180 mm. The frame is made of cast steel for which maximum permissible tensile stress is 100 N/mm

Answer:

8

view
Q 2 d )

Question:

For a single slider crank mechanism , state the formulae to calculate by analytical method – Also state the meaning of each term.

Answer:

i) Velocity of slider:

                                Vp = w.r [sinθ + sin2θ/2n ]

              where,

                  Vp - velocity of slider

w- angular velocity

θ – angle of crank to line of stroke ‘PO’

n- l/r = ratio of length of connecting rod to crank radius.

ii) Acceleration of slider:

               fp = w2 r(cos θ + cos2θ/n)

                 where, fp – acceleration of slider

iii) Angular velocity of connecting rod.:

            wpc = w cos θ / ( n2 – sin2θ)1/2

Where, wpc is angular velocity of connecting rod

iv) Angular acceleration of connecting rod.:

           αpc =  -w2sinθ (n2 -1)/ ( n2 -sin2θ) 3/2

Where, αpc is angular acceleration of connecting rod.

 

 

 

4

view
Q 2 e )

Question:

Define the following terms related to cams.

Answer:

i) Trace point : It is a reference point on the follower and is used to generate the pitch curve. In case of knife edge follower, the knife edge represents the trace point and the pitch curve corresponds to the cam profile. In a roller follower, the centre of the roller represents the trace point.

ii) Pitch curve: It is the curve generated by the trace point as the follower moves relative to the cam. For a knife edge follower, the pitch curve and the cam profile are same whereas for a roller follower, they are separated by the radius of the roller.

iii) Prime circle: It is the smallest circle that can be drawn from the centre of the cam and tangent to the pitch curve. For a knife edge and a flat face follower, the prime circle and the base circle are identical. For a roller follower, the prime circle is larger than the base circle by the radius of the roller.

iv) Lift of stroke: It is the maximum travel of the follower from its lowest position to the topmost position.

4

view
Q 2 f )

Question:

A casting weighing 9 kN hangs freely from a rope which makes 2.5 turns round a drum of 300 mm diameter revolving at 20 rpm. The other end of the rope is pulled by a man. Taking μ = 0.25, determine (i) the force required by the man (ii) the power to raise the casting.

 

Answer:

Given: W= T1= 9 kN =9000N, d= 0.3 m, N = 20 rpm , µ= 0.25

(i) Force reqd. by a man 

T2- force reqd. by man

As rope makes 2.5 turns,

Therefore angle of contact ,

θ =2.5x2π = 5 π rad.

We know that,

2.3 log {T1/T2} = µ θ = 0.25 x 5 π = 3.9275

log {T1/T2} = 3.9275/2.3 = 1.71 or T1/T2 = 51

T2 = 9000/51 = 176.47 N

(ii) Power to raise casting : 

As velocity of rope, v = πdN/60 = 3.14x0.3x20/60 = 0.3142 m/s

Power to raise casting = (T1-T2) x v = (9000-176.47) x 0.3142

                                     = 2.772 kW.

 

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

Space diagram 01 Mark, Velocity Diagram 02 marks , Calculations 01 Mark

Note In QP length BC & AB are equal. Read length AD = length BC = 150 mm

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

State the composition of following materials (i) Fe E 230 (ii) X 20 Cr 18 Ni 2 (iii) 35 C 8 (iv) 40 Ni 2 Cr 1 Mo 28

Answer:

 i) Fe E 230 : Steel with min.Yield strength of 230N/mm2 ii ) X20Cr 18 Ni 2:Specification: It is ALLOY STEEL having Carbon 0.20% ,Chromium 18% and Nickel 2%  iii )35 C 8 : steel with 0.35% carbon & 0.8% Manganese.

iv) 40 Ni 2 Cr 1 Mo 20 :Alloy Steel having 0.4% carbon,0.5% Nickel, 0.25% chromium,2.8% Molybdenum.

 

4

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

What is catalytic convertor ? Explain two way catalytic convertor with neat sketch

Answer:

 

 

 

Catalytic converter is a device which converts harmful pollutants to harmless gases. Catalytic converter is used in exhaust emission in control system to convert CO, NOx, HC and other harmful gases to harmless gases. A Catalytic converter consists of a cylindrical unit of small size like a small silencer and is installed into the exhaust system of a vehicle. It is placed between the exhaust manifold and the silencer. Inside the cylindrical tube i.e. converter there is a honey comb structure of a ‘ceramic or metal’ which is coated with ‘alumina base’ material and there after a second coating of precious metals ‘platinum, palladium or rhodium’ or combination of the same. This second coating serves as a catalyst. A catalyst is a substance which causes a chemical reaction intro the gases. When the exhaust gases pass over the converter substance, the toxic gases as CO, HC & NOx are converted into harmless gases as CO2, H2 & N2

4

view
Q 3a)(d)

Question:

Describe the method to measure indicated power of I.C. engine.

Answer:

Method to measure Indicated power :

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

In a single slider crank mechanism, crank AB = 20 mm and connecting rod BC = 80 mm. Crank AB rotates with uniform speed of 1000 rpm in anticlockwise direction. Find

(i) angular velocity of connecting rod BC and

(ii) Velocity of slider C when crank AB makes angle of 60° with the horizontal.​

Answer:

Given: Crank AB = 20 mm = 0.02 m, C. R. BC = 80 mm = 0.08 m

N = 1000 rpm, ωBA= 2πN/60 = 2π x 1000/60 = 104.7 rad/sec

VBA = ωBA x AB = 104.7 x 0.02 = 2.09 m/s

From velocty diagram: Velocity of C w.r.t. B -

VCB = vector cb = 1.15 m/s

Angular velocity of Connecting rod ‘BC’ ωCB = VCB / CB = 1.15/0.08 = 14.375 rad /sec

Velocity of slider ‘C’

VC= vector ac = 2 m/sec

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

Design an offset link for a load of 1000 N. Maximum permissible stress in tension for link material is 60 N/mm2. Assume b = 3t for rectangular cross section of the link.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

Draw constant pressure closed cycle gas turbine on P.V and T-S planes. Name the various processes involved and give its efficiency equation with meaning of each term.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

Draw and explain simple vapour absorption refrigeration system

Answer:

A Simple Vapor absorption system consists of evaporator, absorber, generator, condenser, expansion valve, pump & reducing valve. In this system ammonia is used as refrigerant and solution is used is aqua ammonia. Strong solution of aqua ammonia contains as much as ammonia as it can and weak solution contains less ammonia. The compressor of vapor compressor system is replaced by an absorber, generator, reducing valve and pump. The heat flow in the system at generator, and work is supplied to pump. Ammonia vapors coming out of evaporator are drawn in absorber. The weak solution containing very little ammonia is spread in absorber. The weak solution absorbs ammonia and gets converted into strong solution. This strong solution from absorber is pumped into generator. The addition of heat liberates ammonia vapor and solution gets converted into weak solution. The released vapor is passed to condenser and weak solution to absorber through a reducing valve. Thus, the function of a compressor is done by absorber, a generator, pump and reducing valve. The simple vapor compressor system is used where there is scarcity of electricity and it is very useful at partial and full load.

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

State the formulae to calculate the length of open belt drive and cross belt drive. State the meaning of each term by drawing suitable diagrams in both cases.

Answer:

Formulae to calculate the length of open belt drive :

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

Prove that for square key equally strong in shear and crushing, the permissible crushing stress is twice the permissible shear stress

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

 Explain with neat sketch the bolts of uniform strength.

Answer:

In an ordinary bolt shown in Fig. (a), the effect of the impulsive loads applied axially is concentrated on the weakest part of the bolt i.e. the cross-sectional area at the root of the threads. In other words, the stress in the threaded part of the bolt will be higher than that in the shank. Hence a great portion of the energy will be absorbed at the region of the threaded part which may fracture the threaded portion because of its small length. If the shank of the bolt is turned down to a diameter equal or even slightly less than the core diameter of the thread (d) as shown in Fig. (b), then shank of the bolt will undergo a higher stress. This means that a shank will absorb a large portion of the energy, thus relieving the material at the sections near the thread. The bolt, in this way, becomes stronger and lighter and it increases the shock absorbing capacity of the bolt because of an increased modulus of resilience. This gives us bolts of uniform strength. The resilience of a bolt may also be increased by increasing its length. A second alternative method of obtaining the bolts of uniform strength is shown in Fig. (c). An axial hole is drilled through the head as far as the thread portion such that the area of the shank becomes equal to the root area of the thread

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Name the different sensors used in ECU of modern automobile with their application. (minimum 4

Answer:

Crank angle sensor: A permanent magnet inductive signal generator is mounted in close proximity to the flywheel, where it radiates a magnetic field. As the flywheel spins and the pins are rotated in the magnetic field, an alternating (AC) waveform is delivered to the ECM to indicate speed of rotation.

Air Flow Sensor (AFS): The AFS is normally located between the air filter and the throttle body. As air flows through the sensor, it deflects a vane (flap) which wipes a potentiometer resistance track and so varies the resistance of the track and generates a variable voltage signal.

Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor: The MAP sensor measures the manifold vacuum or pressure, and uses a transducer to convert the signal to an electrical signal which is returned to the ECM. The unit may be designed as an independent sensor that is located in the engine compartment or integral with the ECM.

Coolant temperature sensor (CTS): The CTS is a two-wire thermistor that measures the coolant temperature. The CTS is immersed in the engine coolant, and contains a variable resistor that usually operates on the NTC principle.

Throttle Position Sensor (TPS): TPS is provided to inform the ECM of idle position, deceleration, rate of acceleration and wide-open throttle (WOT) conditions. The TPS is a potentiometer which varies the resistance and voltage of the signal returned to the ECM.

Oxygen sensor (OS): An oxygen sensor is a ceramic device 'placed in the exhaust manifold on the engine side of the catalytic converter. The oxygen sensor returns a signal to the ECM, which can almost instantaneously (within 50 ms) adjust the injection duration.

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Draw the neat sketch of single plate clutch and explain its working.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

How keys are classified? Give detailed classification of keys with neat sketches; also state their applications.

Answer:

Keys are classified on the basis of shape and application of keys.………………are 1) Sunk Key : a) Rectangular sunk key b) square sunk key c) Gib head key d) feather key e) Woodruff key 2) Saddle key a) Flat saddle key b) hollow saddle key 3) Round key 4) Splines …………………: 1) Sunk Key : used for heavy duty application a) Rectangular sunk key : for preventing rotation of gears and pulleys on shaft b) Gib headed key: used where key to be removed frequently. c) feather key: Machine tool 2) Saddle key: for light duty or low power transmission 3) Round key : Used for low Power drive 4) Splines: Where providing axial movement between shaft and mounted member

 

 

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

Explain different stages of combustion in C.I. engine with sketch.

Answer:

1) Ignition delay period : During this fuel has already admitted but has not yer ignited. This is counted from start of injection to the point where P-O curve separates from pure air compression curve. 2) Rapid or uncontrolled combustion : In this stage pressure rise because of during the delay period the fuel droplet have time to spread over a wide area and fresh air around them. 3) Controlled combustion : The temperature and pressure rise in the second state is quite high, hence droplet of fuel injected in stage burn faster with reduced ignition delay as soon as they find necessary oxygen and further pressure rise is controlled by injection rate. 4) After burning : This sage may not be present in all cases. Because of poor distribution of fuel particles, combustion continues during part of the remainder of the expansion stroke.

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

State the procedure of balancing single rotating mass when its balancing mass is rotating in the same plane as that of disturbing mass.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 f )

Question:

Give detailed classification of followers.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4 a )

Question:

What is centrifugal tension ? State its formula. Explain its effect on power transmitted by a belt drive.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4a)(a)

Question:

Explain MPFI system with sketch

Answer:

4

view
Q 4a)(b)

Question:

Define the following related I.C. engine. i) Indicated power ii) Brake power iii) Brake specific fuel consumption iv) Relative efficiency.

Answer:

i) Indicated Power (ip) is defined as the power developed by combustion of fuel in the cylinder of engine. It is always more than brake power. ii Brake Power:-  The useful power which is available at the crank shaft is called as brake power.  It is denoted by “B.P.”  It has unit kW iii) B.S.F.C: It is the weight of fuel required to develop 1KW of the brake power for period of 1 hour. Unit of B.S.F.C is Kg/KWh. It is defined as the amount of fuel consumed per unit of break power developed per hour.

iv) Relative efficiency is defined as the ratio of indicated / brake thermal efficiency to the air standard efficiency.

4

view
Q 4a)(c)

Question:

Draw and explain Battery ignition system.

Answer:

Battery Ignition system : I t consists of six or twelve volt battery, ignition switch,induction coil, circuit breaker condenser and distributor. All the circuit parts are shown in figure. One terminal of battery is ground to engine frame and other is connected through the ignition switch to one primary terminal of induction coil. The other primary connection is connected to one end of contact point of circuit breaker and through closed points to ground. The ignition switchis made on and engine is crancked. When the contacts touch, the current flows the battery to the switch. Due to this primary winding of induction coil to circuit breaker points and circuit is completed. A condenser prevents sparking of this point. The rotating cam breaks open the contacts immediately and breaking of this primary circuit brings about change of magnetic field causing very high volt about 8000 to 12000 volts. Due to this high voltage the spark jumps across the gap in the spark plug and thereby it ignites mixture of air and fuel.

4

view
Q 4a)(ii)

Question:

: (1) Spring index (2) Spring stiffness (3) Free length of spring (4) Solid length of spring

Answer:

4

view
Q 4a)(iv)

Question:

A cylinder head of steam engine is held in position by M20 bolts. The effective diameter of cylinder is 350 mm and the steam pressure is 0.75 N/mm2. If the bolts are not initially stressed, find the number of bolts required. Take working stress for bolt material as 20 N/mm2.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4a)(l)

Question:

 State the meaning of following colour codes in aesthetic consideration while designing the product: (1) Red (2) Orange (3) Green (4) Blue

Answer:

1) Red: Danger,Hot 2) Orange: Possible Orange 3) Green : Safe 4) Blue: Cold

4

view
Q 4 b )

Question:

State the meaning of sliding pair, turning pair, rolling pair and spherical pair with one example each.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4b)(a)

Question:

List the additives of Lubricant used in S.I. engine and state their advantages.

Answer:

Role of following lubricant additives (one mark each) 1. Zinc ditinophosphate: - Zinc ditinophosphate serves as an anti – oxidant and anticorrosive additive.

2. Fatty acids: - This type of additives prevents rusting of ferrous engine parts during and form acidic moisture accumulation during cold engine operation.

3. Organic Acids: - This type of additives improves the detergent action of lubricating oil.

4. Ester: - To lower the pour point of lubricating oil.

5. Silicon polymers: - This additive serves as Antifoam Agent.

6. Butylene polymers: - This type of additives added in lubricating oil to increase their viscosity index.

7. Zinc ditinophosphate: - Zinc ditinophosphate serves as an anti – oxidant and anticorrosive additive.

8. Fatty acids: - This type of additives prevents rusting of ferrous engine parts during and form acidic moisture accumulation during cold engine operation.

9. Organic Acids: - This type of additives improves the detergent action of lubricating oil.

10. Ester: - To lower the pour point of lubricating oil.

11. Silicon polymers: - This additive serves as Antifoam Agent.

12. Butylene polymers: - This type of additives added in lubricating oil to increase their viscosity index.

6

view
Q 4b)(b)

Question:

Explain working of 4 stroke S.I. engine with neat sketch.

or

With neat sketches explain the working principle of four stroke spark ignition engine.

Answer:

Four stroke spark ignition engine working principle

Four stroke spark ignition engine

Four stroke spark ignition engine

Four stroke spark ignition engine working principle.

Four stroke spark ignition engine is given below in 4 steps,

1. Suction stroke: Suction stroke starts when piston is at top dead center and about to move downwards. During suction stroke inlet valve is open and exhaust valve is closed. Due to low pressure created by the motion of the piston towards bottom dead center, the charge consisting of fresh air mixed with the fuel is drawn into cylinder. At the end of suction stroke the inlet valve closes.

2. Compression stroke: During compression stroke, the compression of charge takes place by return stroke of piston, i.e. when piston moves from BDC to TDC. During this stroke both, inlet and exhaust valve remain closed. Charge which is occupied by the whole cylinder volume is compressed up to the clearance volume. Just before completion of compression stroke, a spark is produced by the spark plug and fuel is ignited. Combustion takes place when the piston is almost at TDC.

3. Expansion or power stroke: Piston gets downward thrust by explosion of charge. Due to high pressure of burnt gases, piston moves downwards to the BDC. During expansion stroke both inlet and exhaust valves remains closed. Thus power is obtained by expansion of products of combustion. Therefore it is also called as ‘power stroke’. Both pressure as well as temperature decreases during expansion stroke.

4. Exhaust stroke: At the end of expansion stroke the exhaust valve opens, the inlet valve remains closed and the piston moves from BDC to TDC. During exhaust stroke the burnt gases inside the cylinder are expelled out. The exhaust valve closes at the end of the exhaust stroke but still some residual gases remains in cylinder.

======================Answer ends here==================

Additional information about Four stroke spark ignition engine for better understanding

 

 

6

view
Q 4b)(i)

Question:

State the different modes of failure of gear teeth and their possible remedies to avoid the failure.

Answer:

1. Bending failure. 2. Pitting. 3. Scoring. 4. Abrasive wear. 5. Corrosive wear Remedies to avoid failure: 1. Bending failure. In order to avoid such failure, the module and face width of the gear is adjusted so that the beam strength is greater than the dynamic load. 2. Pitting. In order to avoid the pitting, the dynamic load between the gear tooth should be less than the wear strength of the gear tooth. 3. Scoring. This type of failure can be avoided by properly designing the parameters such as speed, pressure and proper flow of the lubricant, so that the temperature at the rubbing faces is within the permissible limits. 4. Abrasive wear. This type of failure can be avoided by providing filters for the lubricating oil or by using high viscosity lubricant oil which enables the formation of thicker oil film and hence permits easy passage of such particles without damaging the gear surface. 5. Corrosive wear.. In order to avoid this type of wear, proper anti-corrosive additives should be used.

6

view
Q 4b)(ii)

Question:

Explain the following types of stresses: (1) Transverse shear stress (2) Compressive stress (3) Torsional shear stress

Answer:

When a section is subjected to two equal and opposite forces acting tangentially across the section such that it tends to shear off across the section. The stress produces is called as transverse shear stress. …………………… From figure Mathematically transverse shear stress is represented as, τ = / Where, F = Tangential force applied A = Area of cross section = ( /4 ) 2 d = Diameter of rivet. ……………………ii )Compressive Stress: When a body is subjected to two equal & opposite axial pushes ,then the internal resistances set up in the material is called as compressive stress.……………………It is denoted by σc σc =P/A Where ,P: Axial compressive force ,A : Cross Sectional Area.…………… iii) Torsional stress: When a machine component is under the action of two equal and opposite couples i.e. twisting moment or torque, then component is said to be torsional and the stresses set up due to torsion are called as torsional shear stress. ……………………Consider a component of circular cross-section. ‘d’ in diameter, subjected to torque T, Torsional shear stress is given by, basic torsion equation /J = / =Gθ/L τ = . / J Where, r = distance of outer fibre from neutral axis = d/2 J = Polar moment of inertia of cross- section = ( /64)4……………………

6

view
Q 4 c )

Question:

Draw turning moment diagram for single cylinder four stroke I.C. Engine. Label all parts.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4 d )

Question:

Explain the working of rope brake dynamometer with neat sketch.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4 e )

Question:

A vertical shaft 150 mm in diameter and rotating at 100 rpm rests on a flat end footstep bearing. The shaft carries vertical load of 20 kN. Assuming uniform pressure distribution and coefficient of friction equal to 0.05, estimate power lost in friction​

Answer:

4

view
Q 4 f )

Question:

Four masses m1, m2, m3 and m4 are 200 kg, 300 kg, 240 kg, and 260 kg respectively. The corresponding radii of rotation are 0.2 m, 0.15 m, 0.25 m and 0.3 m respectively and the angles between successive masses are 45°, 75° and 135°. Find the position and magnitude of balance mass required, if its radius of rotation is 0.2 m.

Answer:

4

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

A vertical double start square threaded screw of 120 mm mean diameter and 24 mm pitch supports a vertical load of 20 kN. The axial thrust in screw is taken by collar bearings of 300 mm outside and 150 mm inside diameter. Find the force required at the end of the lever which is 400 mm long in order to lift and lower the load. The coefficient of friction for screw and nut is 0.18 and for collar bearing it is 0.25.

Answer:

8

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

Explain construction and working of ice plant with neat sketch.

Answer:

The main cycle used for ice plant is vapor compression cycle with ammonia as the refrigerant in primary circuit and brine solution in secondary circuit. Brine solution takes heat from water in secondary circuit and delivers the heat to ammonia in primary circuit. Thus, the indirect method of cooling is used in ice plant. In secondary circuit brine is cooled in evaporator and then it is circulated around the can which contains water. The heat is extracted from the water in the can and is given to the brine. The brine is contentiously circulated around the can with the help of brine pump till entire water in the can is converted into ice at -6 0 C. Ammonia vapor coming out of evaporator is compressed to high pressure and then these vapors are condensed in the condenser. High pressure liquid ammonia is collected in the receiver and it is passed through the expansion valve to reduce its pressure and temperature as per requirement. The throttle liquid ammonia at low temperature & low pressure enters in evaporator, which are the coils dipped in brine tank. The liquid ammonia absorbs heat from brine and gets converted into vapors, which are drawn by suction line of compressor.

8

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

The crank and connecting rod of a reciprocating engine are 200 mm and 700 mm respectively. The crank is rotating in clockwise direction at 120 rad/s. Draw Klein’s construction and find

(i) Velocity and acceleration of the piston

(ii) Angular velocity and angular acceleration of the connecting rod at the instant when the crank is at 30° to IDC (inner dead centre).

Answer:

Construction :

 

 

 

4

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

A safety valve of 60 mm diameter is to blow off at a pressure of 1.2 N/mm2. It is held on its seat by a close coiled helical spring. The maximum lift of the valve is 10 mm. Design a suitable compression spring of spring index 5 with an initial compression of 35 mm. The shear stress for spring material is limited to 500 MPa. Take G = 80 kN/mm2.

Answer:

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

A pneumatic rock drill requires 10 kg/min of air at 6 bar pressure. Find the power required to drive the single acting single stage reciprocating compressor receiving air at 1 bar and 27°C. Assume mechanical efficiency as 80% and value of index, n as 1.25. Take Cp = 1.005 kJ/kgk and Cv = 0.718 kJ/kgk for air. Also estimate isothermal efficiency of compression.

Answer:

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

A cam is to give the following motion to a knife edged follower :

(i) Outstroke during 60° of cam rotation.

(ii) Dwell for the next 30° of cam rotation.

(iii) Return stroke during next 60° of cam rotation.

iv) Dwell for the remaining 210° of cam rotation.

The stroke of the follower is 40 mm and the minimum radius of the cam is 50 mm. The follower moves with uniform velocity during both the outstroke and return stroke. Draw the profile of the cam when the axis of the follower passes through the axis of the camshaft.

Answer:

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

Two parallel shafts whose centre line are 4.8 m apart, are connected by open belt drive. The diameter of larger pulley is 1.5 m and that of smaller pulley 1 m. The initial tension in the belt when stationary is 3 kN. The mass of the belt is 1.5 kg/m length. The coefficient of friction between the belt and pulley is 0.3 Taking centrifugal tension into account, calculate the power transmitted when the smaller pulley rotates at 400 rpm.

Answer:

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

Explain construction and working of turbojet with neat labelled sketch

Answer:

4

view
Q 5c)(ii)

Question:

 Explain the terms self locking and overhauling of screw.

Answer:

8

view
Q 5c)(l)

Question:

Differentiate between sliding contact and rolling contact bearings. (any four points of difference)

Answer:

6

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

Represent subcooling and superheating on P-h and T-S diagram in refrigeration also give its effect on C.O.P. of refrigeration.

Answer:

Superheating

Due to superheating suction temperature of compressor increases , increasing compressor power but it also increases the refrigerating effect therefore COP of system remains more or less constant. The superheating is not done to increase the refrigerating effect or COP but it is done to increase the life of compressor.

The process of cooling refrigerant below condensing temperature for a given pressure is known as sub-cooling. Due to sub-cooling the refrigerating effect increases or for same refrigerating effect the circulation rate refrigerant decreases and therefore COP of system increases. Thus sub-cooling is desirable & is done to increase refrigerating effect & COP of system.

4

view
Q 6a)(i)

Question:

State and explain law of gearing with the help of suitable sketch.

Answer:

             

4

view
Q 6a)(ii)

Question:

Compare flywheel and governor.

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

A semi-elliptical carriage spring of 1200 mm length withstands a load of 60 kN with maximum deflection of 90 mm. Assume breadth to thickness ratio as 8. Design the spring if bending stress of spring material is 540 MPa and E = 2 × 105 N/mm2.

Answer:

8

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

Define perfect and imperfect inter-cooling in air compressor and show it by graph also

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

In a simple band brake, the band acts on the 3/4th of circumference of a drum of 450 mm diameter which is keyed to the shaft. The band brake provides a braking torque of 225 N.m. One end of the band is attached to a fulcrum pin of the lever and the other end to a pin 100 mm from the fulcrum. It the operating force is applied at 500 mm from the fulcrum and the coefficient of friction is 0.25, find the operating force when the drum rotates in the

(i) anticlockwise direction and

ii) clockwise direction

Answer:

8

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

A wall bracket is fixed to the wall by means of three bolts, one bolt at a distance of 25 mm from the lower edge and remaining two bolts at a distance of 175 mm from the lower bolts. It supports a load of 7.5 kN at a distance of 250 mm from the wall. The bolts are made from plain carbon steel 45C8 with tensile yield strength of 380 N/mm2. If factor of safety is 2.5, estimate the size of the bolts. Sketch the arrangement

Answer:

8

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

Draw P-V and T-S diagram for dual cycle. Name the processes involved in it.

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

A single plate clutch with both sides effective has outer and inner diameters 300 mm and 200 mm respectively. The maximum intensity of pressure at any point in the contact surface is not to exceed 0.1 N/mm2. If the coefficient of friction is 0.3, determine the power transmitted by a clutch at a speed of 2500 rpm. Assume uniform condition.

Answer:

Single Plate Clutch:

8

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

Explain the selection procedure of bearings from manufacturer’s catalogue.

Answer:

1) Calculate radial and axial forces and determine dia. of shaft. 2) Select proper type of bearing. 3) Start with extra light series for given diagram go by trial of error method. 4) Find value of basic static capacity (co) of selected bearing from catalogue. 5) Calculate ratios Fa/VFr and Fa/Co. 6) Calculate values of radial and thrust factors.(X & Y) from catalogue. 7) For given application find value of load factor Ka from catalogue. 8) Calculate equivalent dynamic load using relation. Pe = (XVFr + YFA) Ka. 9) Decide expected life of bearing considering application. Express life in million revolutions L10. 10) Calculate required basic dynamic capacity for bearing by relation. 11) Check whether selected bearing has req. dynamic capacity, IF it not select the bearing of next series and repeat procedure from step-4.

8

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

Give classification of air conditioning system.

Answer:

Air conditioning systems are classified as  1) Classification as to major function- i) Comfort air-conditioning - air conditioning in hotels, homes, offices etc. ii) Commercial air-conditioning- air conditioning for malls, super market etc ii) Industrial air-conditioning – air conditioning for processing, laboratories etc

2) Classification as to season of the yeari) Summer air-conditioning - These system control all the four atmospheric conditions for summer comfort. ii) Winter air-conditioning – This system is designed for comfort in winter. iii) Year round air-conditioning – These system consists of heating and cooling equipments with automatic control to produce comfortable condition throughout the year

3) Classification as to Equipment Arrangementi) Unitary system ii) Central system

4

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

 State the applications of following bearings with suitable reasons: (i) Deep grove ball bearing (ii) Taper roller bearing (iii) Thrust coller bearing (iv) Needle roller bearing

Answer:

i) Deep Groove Ball bearing : Application: Electric Motor Reason: Capacity to take heavily axial load with high rotational speed ii) Taper roller bearing : Application: axle housing of automobile Reason: ability to take high radial load as well as thrust load iii) Thrust collar bearing: Application: Clutch of automobile Reason: ability to combine radial & axial load with min. speed iv) Needle roller bearing: Application: Differential of automobile Reason: takes less radial space. it has high radial load carrying capacity.

8

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

Compare, closed cycle and open cycle gas turbine (any four point)

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 f )

Question:

State the different methods used to improve thermal efficiency of gas turbine. Explain any one in brief.

Answer:

Methods to improve thermal efficiency of gas turbine 1) Regeneration – This is done by preheating the compressed air before entering to the combustion chamber with the turbine exhaust in a heat exchanger, thus saving fuel consumption.

4

view
Examination: 2014 WINTER
Que.No Question/Problem marks Link
Q 1a)(i)

Question:

Why does the Carnot heat engine not exist in practice? Give any four points

Answer:

Carnot heat engine is an ideal heat engine and is not possible in practice due to following reasons. i) Alternate adiabatic and isothermal process is not possible. ii) Heat addition and heat rejection at constant temperature is not possible. iii) All processes are reversible which is not possible in practice

4

view
Q 1a)(ii)

Question:

Define following efficiencies related to compressors: 1) mechanical efficiency 2) polytropic efficiency 3) compressor efficiency 4) overall volumetric efficiency

Answer:

4

view
Q 1a)(iii)

Question:

Show the effect of increase of compression ratio in a single stage reciprocating compresor on PV diagram and give its physical significance.

Answer:

Effect of Compression ratio in a single stage reciprocating compressor on PV diagram

 

Physical Significance:-

If compression in increased (usually it varies from 5 to 8) the final temperature increases and volumetric efficiency decreases flow and it compression ratio increases beyond usual value, compression ratio P2/P1 becomes zero as it can be observed from the figure. Increment in compression ratio will increase leakage past the piston and will need robust cylinder. If will also affect the operation of delivery valve and if will reduce lubricating properties of oil. It may increase the risk of ignition in piping and receiver.

4

view
Q 1a)(iv)

Question:

Compare the effect of supercharging on S.I. engine and C.I. engine with respect to following parameters: 1) detonation 2) combustion 3) fuel economy 4) quality of fuel.

Answer:

Effect of Supercharging on SI and CI engine

4

view
Q 1b)(i)

Question:

What do you mean by: 1) frictional power 2) brake thermal efficiency 3) BSFC, w.r.to I.C. engine

Answer:

1) Friction Power:- The difference between indicated power and brake power.  It is the power lost in friction FP =IP -BP

6

view
Q 1b)(ii)

Question:

Explain with neat sketch any one catalytic converter

Answer:

 

Fig. shows construction of simple catalytic converter exhaust fan as it enters the converter all three pollutions namely HC CO and NOX oxidizes and reduce is to the component which are acceptable to the environment, This occurs due to chemical reaction and at 600 to 7000 c temperature.

6

view
Q 2a)(i)

Question:

The criterion of the thermodynamic efficiency of a reciprocating compressor is isothermal compression while for rotory compressor it is isentropic compression. Discuss the reason for this.

Answer:

The compression process in reciprocating compressor may approach to low speed of compression and cylinder cooling. Therefore isothermal efficiency is used in reciprocating compressor. But in rotary compressor there is high friction and eddies formation due to high velocity air through the compressor. This causes heating of air during compression process. Therefore temperature of air leaving the impeller is higher than the isentropic compression. The compressor may be as high as 1.7 (n>t). Therefore isentropic efficiency is used in rotary compressor.

8

view
Q 2a)(ii)

Question:

Compare reciprocating compressors and centrifugal compressors on the basis of the following parameters: 1) adaptability 2) suitability 3) mechanical efficiency 4) capacity of delivering volume.

Answer:

8

view
Q 2b)(i)

Question:

Define: 1) DPT 2) WBT 3) DBT 4) moist air.

Answer:

DPT – Dew point temperature tDP - It is the temperature at which air water vapour mixture starts to condense. 01 D.P.T. of mixture is defined as the temperature at which water vapours starts to condense. WBT - Wet bulb temperature - tWB 01 - It is the temperature recorded by thermometer when its bulb is covered with wet cloth known as wick and is exposed to air. DBT – Dry bulb temperature - tDB 01 - It is the temperature of air recorded by a ordinary thermometer and it is not affected by the moisture present in air. Moist Air – It is the mixture of dry air and water vapour

 

8

view
Q 2b)(ii)

Question:

Define following terms: 1) specific humidity 2) absolute humidity 3) relative humidity 4) degree of saturation.

Answer:

Specific humidity:- It is defined as the ratio of mass of vapour to the mass of dry air in a given sample of moist air.  Specific humidity ma mv  Absolute humidity:- It is defined as the actual mass of water vapour in unit volume of air. Its unit is gm/m3  Relative humidity:- It is defined as the ratio of partial pressure of water vapour in a given volume of mixture to the partial pressure of water vapour when same volume of mixture is saturated at the same temperature.  Degree of saturation:- It is defined as the ratio of mass of water vapour associated with unit mass of dry air to the mass of water vapour associated with saturated unit mass of dry air at same temperature. 

8

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

During a trial on 4-stroke gas engine following observations were recorded: Bore = 300 mm ; Speed = 200 rpm Stroke = 400 mm ; Gas used = 11.7 m3/h Number of explosions/min = 90 Gauge pressure of gas = 170 mm of water Barometer reading = 755 mm of Hg Mean effective pressure = 6 bar Calorific value of gas used = 21500 KJ/kg at N.T.P. Net load on brake = 2 KN Brake drum diameter = 1.2 m Ambient temperature = 27°C Calculate: (i) mechanical efficiency (ii0 brake thermal efficiency.

Answer:

Indicated power – IP = PmepLAN Where Pmep – 6 bar – mean effective pressure - 6 x 100 kN/m2 L – Length of stroke in m

Assuming CV of gas used as 21,500 kj/m3 at NTP instead of 21,500 kJ/kg at NTH Heat supplied by fuel in kJ/sec. = 0.00300 x 21,500

8

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

The results of exhaust gas analysis for petrol engine running at full load and at constant speed are shown in Fig. No. 1. Label the exhaust gases (indicated by 1, 2, 3, 4). Which conclusion can be drawn from this figure.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

State merits/demerits of gas turbine over T.C. engine with respect to following parameters: (i) mechanical efficiency (ii) starting trouble (iii) weight per power (iv) part load thermal efficiency.

Answer:

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

List any four applications of refrigeration.

Answer:

i. To produce Ice in ICE Plant ii. To Store Vegetable or Domestic materials in Domestic Refrigerator. iii. To Transport Fish, Fruits etc. in Cold Storage. iv. To Cool Water in Water cooler. v. Processing of food products. vi. Processing of textiles, printing work, photographic materials etc. vii. Storage of ice, blood and medicines etc. viii. Preservation of photographic films , archeological documents etc

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Draw super imposed PV and TS diagrams of otto cycle, diesel cycle and dual cycle to compare their efficiencies under the following conditions: (i) for same compression ratio and heat rejection (ii) for same maximum pressure and temperature and heat rejection.

Answer:

Same compression ratio and same heat rejected heat rejection

ii) For same maximum pressure and temperature and heat rejection

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

Draw P-V and T-S diagram for carnot cycle. Name the processes involved in it.

Answer:

PV and TS diagram of Carnot cycle

4

view
Q 4a)(ii)

Question:

Define cut off ratio. Express it in terms of compression ratio and expansion ratio.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4a)(iii)

Question:

Differentiate between L-MPFI system and D-MPFI system.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4a)(iv)

Question:

Various efficiencies of 4-stroke petrol engine run at full throttle over its speed range are plotted in Fig. No. 2. Label different efficiency curves (indicated by 1, 2, 3, 4). Which conclusion can be drawn from this figure.

Answer:

4

view
Q 4a)(l)

Question:

State the functions of following components used in battery ignition system: 1) capacitor 2) ballast register 3) contact breaker 4) distributor

Answer:

Function of Components used in battery ignition system 

4

view
Q 4b)(ii)

Question:

Draw theoretical and actual P-V diagrams for S.I. engines and explain briefly

Answer:

v. When piston is at TDC the air fuel mixture is come in clearance volume and theoretically it is assumed that spark is ignited in cylinder when piston is at TDC and volume during this combustion is constant (i.e. clearance volume) vi. At the end of combustion burnt gases exert pressure on piston and pushes the piston in downward direction. This process is represented by line 3-4, this process is also called as exhaust stroke. vii. At the end of this stroke exhaust valve is open and this burnt gases are expel out to atmosphere. viii. This exhaust stroke is represented by line 1-0 at atmospheric pressure.

x. The exhaust stroke is shown by the line 5-1, which lies above the atmosphere pressure line. It is pressure difference, which makes the burnt gases to flow out the engine cylinder. xi. The exit valve offers some resistance to the outgoing burnt gases. That is why, the burnt gases cannot escape suddenly from the atmospheric pressure line during the exhaust stroke.

6

view
Q 4b)(l)

Question:

State the role of following lubricant additives: 1) zinc ditinophosphate 2) fatty acids 3) organic acids 4) ester 5) silicone polymers 6) butylene polymers.

Answer:

Role of following lubricant additives 1. Zinc ditinophosphate: - Zinc ditinophosphate serves as an anti – oxidant and anticorrosive additive. 2. Fatty acids: - This type of additives prevents rusting of ferrous engine parts during and form acidic moisture accumulation during cold engine operation. 3. Organic Acids: - This type of additives improves the detergent action of lubricating oil. 4. Ester: - To lower the pour point of lubricating oil. 5. Silicon polymers: - This additive serves as Antifoam Agent. 6. Butylene polymers: - This type of additives added in lubricating oil to increase their viscosity index.

6

view
Q 5 a )

Question:

Answer:

 

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

A single stage single acting air compressor delivers 0.6 kg of air per minute at 6.1 bar. The temperature and presure at the end of suction stroke are 28°C and 1.1 bar. The bore and stroke of the compressor are 100 mm and 150 mm respectively. The clearance is 3 % of the swept volume. Assuming index of compression and expansion as 1.25, find: (i) volumetric efficiency of compressor (ii) power required if mechanical efficiency is 85% (iii) speed of compressor in rpm

Answer:

 

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

Explain the construction and working of Ram jet with the help of neat labelled schematic diagram. State its limitations (any two).

Answer:

Ramjet – it consist of inlet difference, combustion chamber and tail pipe (exist nozzle) Ramjet has no compressor as the entire compression depends upon compression. Function of supersonic & subsonic difference to convert the kinetic called the ram pressure. Working:- The air entering into ram jet with sup sonic speed is slowed down to sonic velocity in the air pressure is further increase in the sup sonic different increasing also the temperature of air. The diffuser section is designed to get correct ram effect its into decrees the velocity & increase pressure of in cooling air. The duel injected into combustion chamber is burned with help of igniter the high tress engine temperature garb are passed through the nozzle converting into pressure energy into kind energy. The high velocity gas leaving the nozzle provide required toward thrust to ramjet. Limitation 1. Ramjet engine be launched from an air plane flight. 2. Fuel consumption is too large. The fuel consumption lower decrees flight need.

8

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

Which is more effective way to increse the C.O.P. of refrigerator, to increase T2 keeping T1 constant or to decrease T1 keeping T2 constant? (T1 > T2). Give justification to your answer.

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

Define displacement of compressor for two stage compressor. Why is free air delivered less than displacement of compressor?

Answer:

Displacement is the product of piston displacement and working stroke per minute is bared on low pressure only and the amount air passing through the other cylinder for two stage compressor. When free air wave from low pressure cylinder to high pressure cylinder through intercooler there is reduction of volume of air because of perfect cooling so free air delivered is less than displacement of compressor. ( Pl check)

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

An engine working on otto cycle has, d = 150 mm, L = 225 mm υc = 1.25 × 10–3 m3. Find air standard efficiency.

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

Distinguish between central A/C and unitary A/C systems with respect to following parameters: (i) vibration (ii) noise (iii) power consumption (iv) operating cost (v) ducting (vi) failure problem (vii) initial cost (viii) maintenance cost

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

In gas turbine plants, Brayton cycle is more suitable than otto cycle, even though both cycles have equal thermal efficiency for same compression ratio. Justify

Answer:

In gas turbine plant – it works on brayton cycle where the heat added & heat rejected at constant pressure. It consists of compressor, combustion chamber & a turbine. The efficiency of Brayton cycle rotor cycle is same for but efficiency is of gas it temperature & pressure is increasing. High temperature & pressure require for ignition & fuel consumption for bray ton cycle. It is not possible in Oto cycle because the heat added & rejected at constant volume so bray ton cycle is most suitable than Otto cycle for gas turbine plant.

4

view
Examination: 2018 SUMMER
Que.No Question/Problem marks Link
Q 1a)(a)

Question:

Draw P-V and T-S diagram for Diesel cycle. Name the processes involved in it.

Answer:

4

view
Q 1a)(c)

Question:

Give the classification of air-compressors

Answer:

Classification of Air compressors: 1. According to principle: a. Reciprocating air compressors b. Rotary air compressors

2. According to the capacity a. Low capacity air compressors b. Medium capacity air compressors c. High capacity air compressors

3. According to pressure limits a. Low pressure air compressors b. Medium pressure air compressors c. High pressure air compressors

4. According to method of connection a. Direct drive air compressors b. Belt drive air compressors c. Chain drive air compressors

 

4

view
Q 1a)(d)

Question:

Explain with neat sketch working principle of Lobe compressor

Answer:

Rotary Lobe type Air Compressor has two mating lobe-type rotors mounted in a case. The lobes are gear driven at close clearance, but without metal-to-metal contact. The suction to the unit is located where the cavity made by the lobes is largest. As the lobes rotate, the cavity size is reduced, causing compression of the vapor(air) within. The compression continues until the discharge port is reached, at which point the vapor exits the compressor at a higher pressure.

 

4

view
Q 1b)(a)

Question:

State different methods of determining frictional power of I.C. engine and explain any one method

Answer:

Methods to determine the frictional power of I.C. engine are`

1. Willan’s line method 2. Morse test 3. Motoring test 4. Difference between i.p. and b.p.

Explanation of any one method

6

view
Q 1b)(b)

Question:

Explain with neat sketch working principle of any one type of catalytic converter.

Answer:

6

view
Q 1b)(i)

Question:

Define :  i) Brake thermal efficiency ii) BSFC related to I.C. Engine.

Answer:

i) Brake thermal efficiency – It is defined as the ratio of heat equivalent to brake power per unit time to the heat supplied to the engine per unit time Brake thermal efficiency = B.P./ mf x C.V. 

ii) BSFC – It is the mass of fuel required to develop 1 kW brake power for a period of one hour. It is inversely proportional to the brake thermal efficiency. BSFC = Mass of fuel consumed in kg/hr / Brake power in kW

4

view
Q 2 a )

Question:

Following observations were recorded during a trial on single cylinder four stroke oil engine : Cylinder bore = 15 cm Length of stroke = 25 cm Mean effective pressure = 7.35 bar Engine speed = 400 rpm Brake torque = 225 N.m. Fuel consumption = 3 kg/hr Calorific value of fuel = 44200 kJ/kg. 

Determine : i) Mechanical efficiency ii) Brake thermal efficiency iii) Brake specific fuel consumption.

Answer:

8

view
Q 2 b )

Question:

Explain construction and working of single stage reciprocating air compressor with neat sketch. Also represent it on P-V diagram.

Answer:

In single stage reciprocating air compressor, the entire compression is carried out in a single cylinder. The opening & closing of a simple check valve (plate or spring valve) depends upon the difference in pressure, if mechanically operated valves are used for suction & discharge then their functioning is controlled by cams. The weight of air in the cylinder will be zero when the piston is at top dead centre. At this position, you have to neglect clearance volume. When piston starts moving downwards, the pressure inside the cylinder falls below atmospheric pressure& suction valve/inlet valve opens. The air is drawn into the cylinder through a suction filter element. This operation is known as suction stroke. When the piston moves upwards, compresses the air in cylinder & inlet valve closes when the pressure reaches atmospheric pressure. Further compression follows as the piston moves towards the top of its stroke. Until when the pressure in the cylinder exceeds that in the receiver. This is compression stroke of a compressor. At the end of this stroke discharge/delivery valve opens & air is delivered to a receiver

 

8

view
Q 2 c )

Question:

Explain working principle of simple vapour absorption refrigeration system. Represent it on the block diagram.

Answer:

Working of Simple Vapor absorption system: A Simple Vapor absorption system consists of evaporator, absorber, generator, condenser, expansion valve, pump & reducing valve. In this system ammonia is used as refrigerant and solution is used is aqua ammonia. Strong solution of aqua ammonia contains as much as ammonia as it can and weak solution contains less ammonia. The compressor of vapor compressor system is replaced by an absorber, generator, reducing valve and pump. The heat flow in the system at generator, and work is supplied to pump. Ammonia vapors coming out of evaporator are drawn in absorber. The weak solution containing very little ammonia is spread in absorber. The weak solution absorbs ammonia and gets converted into strong solution. This strong solution from absorber is pumped into generator. The addition of heat liberates ammonia vapor and solution gets converted into weak solution. The released vapor is passed to condenser and weak solution to absorber through a reducing valve. Thus, the function of a compressor is done by absorber, a generator, pump and reducing valve. The simple vapor compressor system is used where there is scarcity of Electricity and it is very useful at partial and full load.

 

8

view
Q 3 a )

Question:

Draw turning moment diagram for four stroke petrol engine and explain it in brief.

Answer:

 

During suction stroke, negative loop is formed as pressure inside engine cylinder is less than atmospheric pressure. During compression stroke, work is done on gases therefore higher negative loop is formed. During expansion or power stroke, fuel burn & gases expand therefore large positive loop is formed & during this stroke we get work output. During exhaust stroke, work is done on the gas to expel it out of cylinder, hence negative loop is formed.

4

view
Q 3 b )

Question:

What is supercharging ? State advantages of supercharging.

Answer:

Superchargers are pressure boosting devices (compressors) which increase the pressure of the air before inletting it get into cylinder of the internal combustion engine, and the process of increasing the pressure OR forcing more air to get into engine is called as supercharging. This gives each intake cycle of the engine more oxygen, letting it burn more fuel and do more work, thus increasing power.

Advantages 1. Higher power output. 2. Reduced smoke from exhaust gases. The extra air pushed into cylinder, helps the air to complete combust leading to lesser smoke generation. 3. Quicker acceleration of vehicle. Supercharger starts working as soon as the engine starts running. This way the engine gets a boost even at the beginning leading to quicker acceleration. 4. Cheaper than turbocharger.

4

view
Q 3 c )

Question:

State effects of pollutants in exhaust gases of petrol engine.

Answer:

The major air pollutants emitted by petrol engines are CO2, CO, HC, NOx, SO2, smoke & lead vapour. 

Effect of CO:

Carbon monoxide combines with hemoglobin forming carboy hemoglobin, which reduces oxygen carrying capacity of blood.

1. This leads to laziness, exhaustion of body & headache. 2. Prolong exposure can even leads to death. 3. It also affects cardiovascular system, thereby causing heart problem

Effect of CO2: Causes respiratory disorder & suffocation.

Effect of HC: 1. It has effect like reduced visibility, eye irritation, peculiar odour & damage to vegetation & acceleration the cracking of rubber products. 2. It induce cancer, affect DNA & cell growth are know a carcinogens.

Effect of SO2: It is toxic & corrosive gas, human respiratory track of animals, plants & crops.

4

view
Q 3 d )

Question:

Explain with neat sketch working principle of Ram jet engine

Answer:

Ramjet has no compressor as the entire compression depends upon compression. Function of supersonic & subsonic difference to convert the kinetic called the ram pressure.

Working:- The air entering into ram jet with supersonic speed is slowed down to sonic velocity in the supersonic diffuser ,increasing air pressure. The air pressure is further increase in the subsonic diffuser increasing also the temperature of air. The diffuser section is designed to get correct ram effect. it’s job is to decrease the velocity & increase pressure of incoming air. The fuel injected into combustion chamber is burned with help of flame igniter. The high pressure and high temperature gases are passed through the nozzle converting into pressure energy into kinetic energy. The high velocity gas leaving the nozzle provide required toward thrust to.

 

4

view
Q 3 e )

Question:

Represent wet compression and dry compression on T-S and P-H diagram and name all processes involved in it

Answer:

4

view
Q 4a)(a)

Question:

What are the effects of detonation in I.C. engine ?

Answer:

Effects of detonation (1) Noise – As intensity of detonation increases, the sound intensity increases & it is harmful. (2) Mechanical damage – shock waves are so violent that it may cause mechanical damage like breaking of piston. It increases the rate of wear erosion of piston. (3) Pre-ignition – Due to local overheating of spark plug & this pre-ignition increases detonation. (4) Power output & efficiency decreases - Power output & thermal efficiency decreases due to abnormal combustion. (5) Increase in heat transfer – Temperature of cylinder in detonating engine is higher than in non – detonating engine, hence increases the heat transfer. (6) Carbon deposits- Detonation results in increased carbon deposits

4

view
Q 4a)(b)

Question:

Define : i) Mechanical efficiency ii) Volumetric efficiency related to I.C. engine.

Answer:

i) Mechanical Efficiency- It is the ratio of the power available at the engine crankshaft (bp) to the power developed in the engine cylinder (ip).

ii) Volumetric efficiency :- It is the ratio of the actual volume of the charge admitted into the cylinder to the swept volume of the piston .

4

view
Q 4a)(c)

Question:

State advantages of closed cycle gas turbine.

Answer:

Advantages of closed cycle gas turbine:

(i) It has higher thermal efficiency for the same minimum and maximum temperature limits and for the same pressure ratio.

(ii) Since the heating is external, any kind of fuel even solid fuel having low calorific value may be used.

(iii) There is no corrosion due to circulation of combustion product.

(iv) As the system is a closed one there is no loss of the working fluid.

(v) The size of the turbine will be smaller compared to an open cycle gas turbine of the same output.

(vi) The regulation is more simple.

(vii) The heat transmission coefficient in the exchanger is better due to the increase in suction pressure.

(viii) Loss due to fluid friction is less due to higher Reynolds number.

4

view
Q 4b)(a)

Question:

Explain with neat sketch working principle of four stroke petrol engine.

Answer:

6

view
Q 4b)(b)

Question:

The following data is collected during a trial of four stroke four cylinder petrol engine. B.P. with all cylinders working = 14.7 kW B.P. with cylinder no. 1 cut off = 10.14 kW B.P. with cylinder no. 2 cut off = 10.3 kW B.P. with cylinder no. 3 cut off = 10.36 kW B.P. with cylinder no. 4 cut off = 10.21 kW Find mechanical efficiency of engine.

Answer:

6

view
Q 4 d )

Question:

State advantages of jet propulsion over other systems.

Answer:

Advantages of jet propulsion – 1. Higher mechanical efficiency due to absence of reciprocating parts. 2. The weight of gas turbine per kW power developed is low since the working pressures are low requiring lighter construction. 3. Can produce much more power at much higher altitudes where drag is less so higher speeds are possible and they are more efficient. 4. Reliability is one of the elements of success for jet engines. They only have a couple of moving parts and almost no vibration.

4

view
Q 5a)(i)

Question:

Compare reciprocating and rotary compressors (any four).

Answer:

8

view
Q 5a)(ii)

Question:

Write any four applications of compressed air.

Answer:

Following are the applications of compressed air:-

1) To drive air motors in coal mines.

2) To inject fuel in air injection diesel engines.

3) To operate pneumatic drills, hammers, hoists, sand blasters.

4) For cleaning purposes.

5) To cool large buildings.

6) In the processing of food and farm maintenance.

7) For spray painting in paint industry.

8) In automobile & railway braking systems.

9) To operate air tools like air guns.

10) To hold & index cutting tools on machines like milling.

8

view
Q 5 b )

Question:

List the methods to improve thermal efficiency of gas turbine and explain any one of them in detail

Answer:

Methods to improve thermal efficiency of gas turbine

1) Regeneration – This is done by preheating the compressed air before entering to the combustion chamber with the turbine exhaust in a heat exchanger, thus saving fuel consumption.

 

2) Reheating : The whole expansion in the turbine is achieved in two or more stages & reheating is done after each stage. That increase in work done.

 

3) Intercooling –The compression is performed in two or more stages. But between two stage there is intercooler where cooling takes place at constant pressure.To increase net work of gas turbine by saving some compression work.

 

 

 

8

view
Q 5 c )

Question:

Explain with neat sketch working principle of Ice plant.

Answer:

Working of Ice plant: The main cycle used for ice plant is vapor compression cycle with ammonia as the refrigerant in primary circuit and brine solution in secondary circuit. Brine solution takes heat from water in secondary circuit and delivers the heat to ammonia in primary circuit. Thus, the indirect method of cooling is used in ice plant. In secondary circuit brine is cooled in evaporator and then it is circulated around the can which contains water. The heat is extracted from the water in the can and is given to the brine. The brine is contentiously circulated around the can with the help of brine pump till entire water in the can is converted into ice at -6 0 C. Ammonia vapor coming out of evaporator is compressed to high pressure and then these vapors are condensed in the condenser. High pressure liquid ammonia is collected in the receiver and it is passed through the expansion valve to reduce its pressure and temperature as per requirement. The throttle liquid ammonia at low temperature & low pressure enters in evaporator, which are the coils dipped in brine tank. The liquid ammonia absorbs heat from brine and gets converted into vapors, which are drawn by suction line of compressor.

8

view
Q 6 a )

Question:

State any four types of sensors used in I.C. engine.

Answer:

Following sensors are used in ECU:  A permanent magnet inductive signal generator is mounted in close proximity to the flywheel, where it radiates a magnetic field. As the flywheel spins and the pins are rotated in the magnetic field, an alternating (AC) waveform is delivered to the ECM to indicate speed of rotation.

Air Flow Sensor (AFS): The AFS is normally located between the air filter and the throttle body. As air flows through the sensor, it deflects a vane (flap) which wipes a potentiometer resistance track and so varies the resistance of the track and generates a variable voltage signal. Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor: The MAP sensor measures the manifold vacuum or pressure, and uses a transducer to convert the signal to an electrical signal which is returned to the ECM. The unit may be designed as an independent sensor that is located in the engine compartment or integral with the ECM.

Coolant temperature sensor (CTS): The CTS is a two-wire thermistor that measures the coolant temperature. The CTS is immersed in the engine coolant, and contains a variable resistor that usually operates on the NTC principle.

Throttle Position Sensor (TPS): TPS is provided to inform the ECM of idle position, deceleration, rate of acceleration and wide-open throttle (WOT) conditions. The TPS is a potentiometer which varies the resistance and voltage of the signal returned to the ECM.

Oxygen sensor (OS): An oxygen sensor is a ceramic device 'placed in the exhaust manifold on the engine side of the catalytic converter. The oxygen sensor returns a signal to the ECM, which can almost instantaneously (within 50 ms) adjust the injection duration

4

view
Q 6 b )

Question:

Define : i) Isothermal efficiency. ii) Volumetric efficiency with respect to air compression.

Answer:

i) Isothermal efficiency – It is defined as the ratio of isothermal power to the indicated or actual power. Isothermal efficiency = Isothermal power / Indicated power.

 

ii) Volumetric efficiency – It is the ratio of actual volume of the free air delivered at standard atmospheric condition at discharge in one delivery stroke to the swept volume by the piston during the stroke.

4

view
Q 6 c )

Question:

Explain with neat sketch working principle of turbo jet engine.

Answer:

Working principle of Turbojet: shows the schematic of turbojet engine. It has a diffuser section at inlet for realizing some compression of air passing through this section. Due to this air reaching compressor section has pressure more than ambient pressure. This action of partly compressing air by passing it through diffuser section is called “ramming action” or “ram effect”. Subsequently compressor section compresses air which is fed to combustion chamber and fuel is added to it for causing combustion. Combustion products available at high pressure and temperature are then passed through turbine and expanded there. Thus, turbine yields positive work which is used for driving compressor.

Expanding gases leaving turbine are passed through exit nozzle where it is further expanded and results in high velocity jet at exit. This high velocity jet leaving nozzle is responsible for getting desired thrust for propulsion.

 

 

4

view
Q 6 d )

Question:

Define : i) DBT ii) WBT iii) DPT iv) Relative humidity.

Answer:

4

view
Q 6 e )

Question:

Give the classification of air conditioning systems.

Answer:

Air conditioning systems are classified as

1) Classification as to major function- i) Comfort air-conditioning - air conditioning in hotels, homes, offices etc. ii) Commercial air-conditioning- air conditioning for malls, super market etc iii) Industrial air-conditioning – air conditioning for processing, laboratories etc

2) Classification as to season of the year- i) Summer air-conditioning - These system control all the four atmospheric conditions for summer comfort. ii) Winter air-conditioning – This system is designed for comfort in winter. iii) Year round air-conditioning – These system consists of heating and cooling equipments with automatic control to produce comfortable condition throughout the year 3)According to equipment arrangement-Unitary and Central air conditioning.

4

view